Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction


· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments


· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21/2030 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law


· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence


· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes


· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact

Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  
Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking
July 15 2024 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Are you tired of hearing people tell you to just "stay positive" when life kicks you in the teeth and all you want is to cry? Are you fed up with reading self-help books that promise to help resolve your life problems, when in reality all they advice you is to "keep a positive mindset" and do nothing more?

If so, I'm sure my new article will resonate with you. It's titled "The Bullshit Philosophy of Positive Thinking" - and for a good reason. I wrote it because, like you, I'm done with all the bullshit the self-help industry is trying to sell us and so many people fall for.

Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

My aim behind writing this is to dispel the myth of "positive thinking", and to show how we can effectively deal with our problems, not by negating them - as the philosophy of positive thinking urges us to do - but by accepting them.

“Just think positively and all your problems will vanish into thin air. Don’t care about taking action to create the life you want – just sit where you are and visualize with positive intent that everything’s going to be alright.”

This is the philosophy that many self-help coaches, authors and so-called spiritual teachers are preaching. It has been named “positive thinking” and is selling pretty well, considering that the positive thinking industry is a multi-billion dollar industry.

But what if I told you that it’s total bullshit?

You might be thinking: “What the hell, Sofo, have you gone crazy? Your entire blog is about how to overcome suffering and live a better life – in other words, about how to let go of the negative and experience the positive – and now you are telling me that positive thinking is bullshit?”

Yes, that’s exactly what I’m telling you. But before you’re too quick to judge, let me explain myself.

Related: Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life

Shutting Your Eyes Won’t Make Your Problems Disappear

If you look at life without the filters of ideology, you will see that it contains both positive and negative realities: There’s pleasure and pain, love and hate, peace and war, and so on and so forth.

According to the philosophy of positive thinking, however, we shouldn’t think about the negative side of life, and, in fact, we should pretend that it doesn’t even exist. This way, we are told, we won’t be affected by it.

Not only that; if we don’t think about it and instead focus on the positive side, the negative will go away just like that.

“Don’t worry about the starving children in Africa. Just pray for them and they will be alright.”

“Don’t worry about rising sea levels, environmental pollution, and biodiversity loss. Just keep a positive mindset and our planet will recover from all the damage that has been inflicted on it.”

“Don’t worry about your job that you hate or your relationships that are messed up. Just visualize that you’re already living the life of your dreams and you will soon find the ideal partner and the perfect career.”

Needless to say, positive thinking won’t do a damn thing about all the above. The African children will keep on dying in millions from starvation, our planet will keep on being harmed, and your life will keep on sucking.

In fact, things will get even worse. By not paying our problems any attention and actually doing something to resolve them, with time they are bound to become more and more complicated and hence increasingly affect us and the world we live in.

“Look, here’s the little trick I use that makes all my problems disappear.” - Master Positive Thinker

Related: How Trying To Be Happy Makes Us Unhappy & 6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important

To give you an analogy, positive thinking is like being in a house that’s on fire, while trying to convince yourself that everything’s OK, believing that this way the fire is going to disappear. Of course, the fire will keep on burning and growing wilder until it eventually consumes the entire house and yourself along with it.

That’s why I call positive thinking a bullshit philosophy: Not only doesn’t it work, it’s counterproductive too – that is, it creates the exact opposite results of what it seeks. The question, then, is why do so many people buy into it?

The Appeal of Positive Thinking

Somewhere I read the following profound words:

Do not be afraid to accept ugly truths, and never be afraid to reject beautiful lies.”

Unfortunately, the wide majority of us (and by “us” I mean “humans”) don’t hesitate for a moment to accept lies that are beautiful and reject truths that are ugly.

That’s because ugly truths remind us of serious life problems that we need to resolve, and to do so we need to go through a lot of hardship and pain. And who likes to experience hardship and pain?

No one (well, except masochists, I guess).

Related: To Sell You Happiness, They First Make You Feel Like Shit

So we tend to avoid facing our problems. And what’s the best way to do so? To not look at them at all, in a desperate effort to fool ourselves that they don’t exist.

It’s no wonder, therefore, that so many people buy into the (bullshit) philosophy of positive thinking. They want to hear beautiful lies that will make them feel that everything’s alright, and hence that they needn’t stress about anything.

And since we are living in a world where money is the ruling force, of course there are going to be some cunning individuals who are willing to sell positive thinking and exploit others’ insecurities for their financial gain.

Personally, through my writing I like to state the truth as it is, even if it’s at times terribly ugly. I know that many of you - my readers - might be put off by it, but I also know that this is the only way to face our problems and deal with them, on a personal and a collective level.

So if you’re a long-time fan of The Unbounded Spirit, I’d like to take a moment to praise you for being such a badass reader and a committed seeker of truth.

From Positive Thinking to Realistic, Action-Based Thinking

Imagine you are chronically ill, suffering from a painful, debilitating disease. You can pretend all you want that your disease isn’t serious, and have faith that you’ll soon recover to good health, without doing anything to treat your condition. However, in reality this will do nothing to help you heal - your disease will keep on being there, and chances are that it will be worsening as you age.

Now imagine that you, instead, decided to let a doctor have a look at you and tell you what is the underlying cause of your disease and how to treat it. The doctor might inform you that the treatment involves some pain - it could be that you need surgery or to take a heavy dose of medication with possible side effects.

But you know that, no matter the extra pain you may undergo during the treatment, in the end it will be worth it. That’s because afterwards you’ll be relieved of the chronic pain caused by your disease, while the additional pain caused by the treatment will only be temporary. So you decide to treat your disease, and get back to being healthy.

Related: A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice

Like in the above example, if we wish to overcome our life problems, then we need to do something about them. By that I don’t mean to merely repeat positive affirmations in our minds and wish that all is going to be perfectly fine.

Rather, I mean to stand up from our chairs, roll up our sleeves and take concrete action. But first we need to accept our problems, instead of denying them, as the philosophy of positive thinking urges us to do.

We need to look at them in the eye, examine why they are there, and search for ways to effectively deal with them.

Of course, this can be quite a tough thing to do. To admit that something is wrong with our lives is a bitter pill to swallow. And to change it might require painstakingly hard work.

But, whether we like it or not, there’s no other way to go about it.

Either we work our problems out and suffer for a short while, or we ignore them and suffer for as long as we’re alive.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Loneliness - The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind
July 14 2024 | From: WakingTimes / Various

Today I wish to address to you a certain brand of loneliness. It is perhaps the most debilitating form of the condition. The state is sometimes referred to as “isolation” or the sense of being disconnected, apart, abandoned or simply “different” from everyone else you know.

This situation is compounded when friends, coworkers and even family members begin seeing you differently.

Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

They’re not so much intrigued by your positive changes but rather disappointed by your shift in attitude and may even be concerned for your mental stability. These otherwise well-meaning souls are occasionally characterized as the “sleeping” and you may very well be part of the “awakening.”

The Awakening Mind

I say “awakening” because the experience appears to be very dynamic and fluid by nature. I’m not sure I would recognize or even fully appreciated an “awake” mind for they are far and few between us. But for those who are experiencing various stages of wakening, you are as visible to me as I am to you.

Generally speaking, the awakening mind radiates at a much different and “higher” vibration than most other people. Since this “vibration” wants to resonate harmonically with similar or complimentary energies, it can (and often does) resonate with like-minded people.

It can, however, just as easily create discord with those who resonate at a much lower vibration. Just imagine striking a non-complimentary note on separate pianos, especially with one out of tune. That’s the discord I’m referring to, except in this case, the resonance resides within the psychic and spiritual realms.

Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

I speak in terms of “higher” and “lower” vibrations without truly qualifying what is meant by that. First off, there is no state superior to another. Like changing stations on a radio dial YOU choose the station you need (or want) to be on. Most people are tuned to what I consider to be a limited awareness.

This does not make them any less sublime or capable as Humans. This is merely the channel they are “tuned” to and as such they are acclimated with that world.

This vibrational density is impressive in its own right for it has the power to generate fantastic illusions so convincing that even the conscious mind can fully buy into it.

This ability to manifest a false paradigm and to believe it to be true requires considerable power. But you, my dear reader, may have peeked behind the proverbial projector screen and have seen an assembly of gears and levers and perhaps even a portly, unassuming little man attending them with due diligence.

Related: Loneliness More Hazardous To Your Health Than Obesity Or Smoking

Stepping Out of the Matrix

The awakening mind - now that’s a different story. The higher vibration of this mind-body state allows a more commanding view. Like stepping up a ladder, you can look down and see (though not really live) the dynamics of the lower vibrations.

Each step up the ladder requires tremendous courage, an open and curious mind and a high degree of “functional” intelligence. Those steps command effort -much more effort than what most are willing to exert. Sleepers may go so far as to observe or even stumble over this hypothetical “ladder” and still not recognize what it is or how they may benefit from it.

Related: Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself

People on the lower rungs of the ladder rarely look up. They choose to frequently look “down” which may give them a false sense of superiority or dominion over their world.

They are especially prone to the hypnotic suggestion television creates and may even go so far as to “act out” various fictional characters or their favorite professional athlete. The lower state is easily entertained- and anything or anyone who challenges their status quo will be dismissed as an outsider, a misfit or a threat.

The Slide and Adrenalin 

I have alluded to a ladder- but now I would like for you to imagine a slide. Going “up” the slide takes some effort. You must go up the steps, higher and higher until you reach the top.

One may then position themselves in such a manner so to enjoy the ride downward. This downward “thrill” is brief but exhilarating. The slide provides a good physical example of going from a higher state to a lower state and the ensuing thrill from moving in this downward fashion.

Related: Three Extraordinary Paradoxes Of Personal Awakening

There are also many examples of the slide analogy within the spiritual realm. Turn on any news station and you will soon be bombarded with “energy dropping” stories that create a sort of “rush” – a rush that, curiously enough, is habit forming. These news sources often report stories of tragedy and high drama.

So severe are these stories they actually can cause the body to produce an adrenalin related “rush” or high. Once again we find ourselves “sliding” down that imaginary slide and into a lower vibrational state. 

The “mainstream” news networks have created legions of adrenalin junkies. The “sleepers” are their primary target.

During the course of their day, the sleepers gradually build their energy level back up. But soon they find themselves back on that hypothetical slide and are sent swooshing down once again into a lower energy state.

It’s a vicious, repeating cycle that keeps the sleepers fast asleep and drunk happy on adrenalin.

Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Lonely at the Top

Many readers of Rattleberry Pie have stayed on top of the ladder long enough to take in the view. They’ve recognized that the view is more exhilarating than the fall.

They saw many things up there - things that would be hard to describe to those below.

The awakening mind continues to build “steps” higher and higher, and soon they are peeking above the clouds. Now they look down from this lofty position and see the tiny dot that was their slide.

They are amazed by how that relatively insignificant slide inspired them to move higher. Sliding down from this cloud level height is really no longer an option, at least not in the traditional sense.

Related: Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected

Here is yet another dilemma of the awakening mind. Once you have experienced the process of awakening there really is no going back. The one (down) side is the higher you get, the more rarefied the air becomes.

Loneliness can settle in. The awakening mind is an exceptionally vibrant mind that requires considerable stimulation and camaraderie. But it’s lonely up there. Indeed.

Final Thought

The awakening experience is truly a gift. It’s is not for the weak or the meek. It takes much strength and courage to achieve these higher levels of enlightenment.

Those who are awakening come in all sizes and shapes – many are the so-called Indigo’s, the Crystal’s, or essentially any Human that realizes their personal power and potential and that there is much more to this world than they’ve been told.

Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

One may ponder if those in the process of awakening have a moral obligation to try and wake the sleepers. From my own observation and experience I would advise against this. Simply let them sleep. The best way to reach them is over time. Be gentle and incremental in your approach.

This is the same technique the “powers that be” have used on you  - that was until you saw a little “string” that connected to other strings that held the tapestry of the matrix in place.

So be an example. Radiate with love and truth. Project health, exuberance and happiness. Be aware without being angry (easier said than done).

The sleepers must see the higher steps of the ladder as being worth the effort. They may someday abandon the rush of the fall for the beauty of the view.

Just by virtue of being aware you are already contributing in a vast and energetic way to those around you. They “sense” your vibration and may try to resonate with you some day. You have been given “eyes to see” and “ears to hear” so you have been blessed.

Related: NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

Yes, until others begin to see as you do the loneliness - the isolation can feel very real at times. 

Let me remind you that you are not alone. We feel you out there - we are grateful for your presence and we love you so very, very much.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How ‘Science’ Is Used To Deceive The Public
July 13 2024 | From: NexusNewsFeed

Did you know that there was a shocking study published in the Public Library of Science Journal, that found“up to 72%” of scientists admitted their colleagues were engaged in “questionable research practices,” and that just over 14% of them were engaged in outright “falsification”?

If that’s not bad enough, between 1977 and 1990 the FDA found scientific flaws in 10–20% of all the studies they audited.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'

But it gets even worse; scientists at the Thousand Oaks biotech firm Amgen, set out to double-check the results of 53 peer reviewed landmark published studies in their fields of cancer research and blood biology.

What they found was shocking; only 6 of the 53 studies could be proven valid. That means almost 90% were flawed, yet passed off to the public as fact. [3]

In other words, there’s a lot of scientific bullshit floating around my friends.

This becomes especially concerning when we consider how “science” seems to have replaced organized religion as the new authority that should blindly be obeyed in many ways.

Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

People speak of it as if it is infallible, and anyone who questions the high priests of science are generally attacked, degraded, and dismissed as modern day heretics.

But science, just like any religion, is not a god that only speaks unadulterated Truth.

It is far from being infallible and is constantly in need of being updated, upgraded, challenged, revised, and changed, for the simple fact that science is subject to the narrow confines of mankind’s tiny flawed human perception; which is forever growing and expanding - and easily skewed by things like prejudice, pride, and corruption.

In and of itself, science is obviously inanimate and can do neither good nor bad because it has no mind of its own.

It is not a person, so we need to stop talking about science like it is a super hero. It is simply a vehicle that requires a driver, and the destination obviously differs from one driver to the next.

Related: The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

While some may have the earnest pursuit of objective Truth in mind, most can be corrupted by the pursuit of money (such as Iowa State University professor Dong-Pyou Han who is now sitting in jail for his AIDS vaccine fraud), the want of fame, or simply personal prejudice and egotistical pride.

Pioneering anesthesiologist Scott Reuben, who helped revolutionize orthopedic surgery, faked data in more than 20 studies, and German physicist Jan Hendrik Schön, who won multiple awards for his work, falsified his research as well.

These individuals were able to pass what common folks often consider to be the “foolproof” test of peer review, and that’s because it is not actually foolproof.

Related: Science Is Broken, And The Peer-Review Process Produces “Utter Bulls##t” Parading Around As Real Science

In fact, a blogger submitted a satirical paper about “Midi Chlorians” from the science fiction story Star Wars and 4 scientific journals published it!

In an effort to help remind people why they should not blindly trust “science” - or any other body of purported knowledge for that matter - I decided to write this short article on how scientific bullshit has been used throughout history to manipulate our perceptions and beliefs.

Big Tobacco & The Sugar Industry

More than half a century ago, big tobacco used science as a weapon to convince the naive and gullible about the safety of their cigarettes.

Notice the key phrase, “Scientific Evidence”

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?

A number of different medical organizations and journals, including the New England Journal of Medicine and the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA)were indeed on the payroll of Big Tobacco and helped to promote their agenda through the promotion of flawed “science”.

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Notice the key persuading phrase in the above advertisement;

…the final results, published in authoritative medical journals, proved conclusively that when smokers changed to Philip Morris, every case of irritation cleared completely or definitely improved.”

Similarly, the sugar industry hired a group of Harvard scientists to hide the link between sugar and heart disease in the 1960s, and the International Sugar Research Foundation (ISRF) suppressed a study that showed sugar could potentially increase the risk of bladder cancer.

Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

This is something we all need to understand my friends; our global society is run as a business, not as a non profit organization that values human life.

And this means that any line of profession can easily be corrupted by money. Unfortunately our problems are systemic and have their roots in this painfully flawed paradigm.

The Manipulation of Science Still Continues Today

In more recent history, the Bush Administration got caught manipulating science to conform to their agenda. Big oil has likewise bribed scientists to parrot their narrative.

Similarly, biotech giant Monsanto and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) have also been caught engaging in this unethical practice together.

This is not the first time Monsanto has been caught acting in this manner either. In Canada, a group of scientists testified that the GMO giant offered them a bribe of $1-2 million, and in Indonesia they were fined for engaging in bribery of a government official as well.

Related: Monsanto May Soon Face A Flood Of Lawsuits From Cancer Victims Of Roundup Herbicide

Another biotech giant, Syngenta, hired scientists to discredit professor Tyrone Hayes, who conducted research that found out their herbicide Atrazine posed health risks to the population.

Merck was taken to court by two scientists that claimed the Big Pharma giant manipulated tests concerning their mumps vaccine’s efficacy.

Coca Cola was also caught paying scientists (to the tune of $132.8 million) to downplay the severity of consuming their sugary drinks, and other unhealthy products. In fact, corporations do this all the time.

A perfect example, is a study conducted by the University of Colorado that claimed that diet soda was better at promoting healthy weight loss than water.

Unsurprisingly, this study was funded by the soda industry.

Related: Western Food Science Is Broken + We’re All Guinea Pigs In A Failed Decades-Long Diet Experiment

Another study claimed that children who ate candy weigh less than children who don’t, and are less likely to be obese.

This, unsurprisingly again, was funded by a trade association representing candy giants Butterfingers, Hershey and Skittles.

Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs


Today, a number of questionable practices in the name of science continue. Sadly, the manipulation (or incompetence) of science is something that most likely will never be truly eliminated from society because it is rooted in human fallibility and corruption.

In fact, Richard Hortin, the editor in chief of the medical journal The Lancet, has gone on record as stating that, “much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.”

This is not to say that the concept of science does not serve an important purpose, because it certainly does; I personally use scientific methods and principles daily in my life, and even relied on scientific research to highlight corruption within the scientific community in this blog.

Related: Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

But this was written specifically to remind us all that “science” can be used to deceive us - has been used to deceive us - and should always be questioned as a result.

Scientists obviously need money to conduct their research, and corporations who place material profit above human life have plenty of it. The hand that gives usually controls the hand that takes.

Until we design a system that promotes unadulterated education, more than it does propaganda and ignorance; and rewards integrity more than the willingness to do anything for “money,” this type of pathetic human behavior will persist for obvious reasons.


Related Articles:

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Court That Rules The World
July 12 2024 | From: Buzzfeed / Various

A parallel legal universe, open only to corporations and largely invisible to everyone else, helps executives convicted of crimes escape punishment.

Part one of a BuzzFeed News investigation - Read the whole series here.

Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.

Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars as retribution.

Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own supreme courts, with no meaningful way to appeal.

That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes even its decisions secret.

That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in expanding the court’s authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day and then sitting in judgment another.

That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as “The Club” or “The Mafia.

And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that some nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling back their own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.

Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities around the world.

Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties that govern international trade and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.

These trade pacts have become a flashpoint in the US presidential campaign. But an 18-month BuzzFeed News investigation, spanning three continents and involving more than 200 interviews and tens of thousands of documents, many of them previously confidential, has exposed an obscure but immensely consequential feature of these trade treaties, the secret operations of these tribunals, and the ways that business has co-opted them to bring sovereign nations to heel.

The BuzzFeed News investigation explores four different aspects of ISDS. In coming days, it will show how the mere threat of an ISDS case can intimidate a nation into gutting its own laws, how some financial firms have transformed what was intended to be a system of justice into an engine of profit, and how America is surprisingly vulnerable to suits from foreign companies.

The series starts today with perhaps the least known and most jarring revelation:

Companies and executives accused or even convicted of crimes have escaped punishment by turning to this special forum. Based on exclusive reporting from the Middle East, Central America, and Asia, BuzzFeed News has found the following:

A Dubai real estate mogul and former business partner of Donald Trump [not that that means anything, he's had hundreds of business partners] was sentenced to prison for collaborating on a deal that would swindle the Egyptian people out of millions of dollars - but then he turned to ISDS and got his prison sentence wiped away.

In El Salvador, a court found that a factory had poisoned a village - including dozens of children - with lead, failing for years to take government-ordered steps to prevent the toxic metal from seeping out. But the factory owners’ lawyers used ISDS to help the company dodge a criminal conviction and the responsibility for cleaning up the area and providing needed medical care.

Two financiers convicted of embezzling more than $300 million from an Indonesian bank used an ISDS finding to fend off Interpol, shield their assets, and effectively nullify their punishment.

[Historical] When the US Congress votes on whether to give final approval to the sprawling Trans-Pacific Partnership, which President Barack Obama staunchly supports, it will be deciding on a massive expansion of ISDS. Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton oppose the overall treaty, but they have focused mainly on what they say would be the loss of American jobs.

Related: Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change

Clinton’s running mate, Tim Kaine, has voiced concern about ISDS in particular, and Sen. Elizabeth Warren has lambasted it. Last year, members of both houses of Congress tried to keep it out of the Pacific trade deal. They failed.

ISDS is basically binding arbitration on a global scale, designed to settle disputes between countries and foreign companies that do business within their borders. Different treaties can mandate slightly different rules, but the system is broadly the same.

When companies sue, their cases are usually heard in front of a tribunal of three arbitrators, often private attorneys. The business appoints one arbitrator and the country another, then both sides usually decide on the third together.

Conceived of in the 1950s, the system was intended to benefit both developing nations and the foreign companies that sought to invest in them.

The companies would gain a fair, neutral referee if a rogue regime seized their property or discriminated against them in favor of domestic companies. And the countries would gain the roads or hospitals or industries that those foreign corporations would, as a result, feel confident building.

“It works,”
said Charles Brower, a longtime ISDS arbitrator. “Like any system of law, there will be disappointments; you’re dealing with human systems. But this system fundamentally produces as good justice as the federal courts of the United States.” [Not a benchmarch which should be aspired to.]

Charles Brower

He defended the lawyers who often serve as arbitrators, saying they:

"Are very aware of their responsibilities. Unlike politicians, we are up for election every minute of every day - somewhere in the world, somebody is trying to figure out whom to appoint in a case. We’re only as good as our reputations.”

As proof that ISDS delivers justice, Brower pointed to a wave of nationalizations by the Venezuelan government, many while Hugo Chávez was in charge, that led to:

"Huge awards against them for uncompensated expropriation.”

ISDS has not only put rapacious leaders on notice, its defenders say, but it has also encouraged investment, especially in poor countries, helping to raise overall economic development.

Some even say that it helps avoid gunboat diplomacy and tense international showdowns because countries have agreed on a forum where they can resolve disputes involving major investments.

But over the last two decades, ISDS has morphed from a rarely used last resort, designed for egregious cases of state theft or blatant discrimination, into a powerful tool that corporations brandish ever more frequently, often against broad public policies that they claim crimp profits.

Because the system is so secretive, it is not possible to know the total number of ISDS cases, but lawyers in the field say it is skyrocketing. Indeed, of the almost 700 publicly known cases across the last half century, more than a tenth were filed just last year.

Driving this expansion are the lawyers themselves. They have devised new and creative ways to deploy ISDS, and in the process bill millions to both the businesses and the governments they represent. At posh locales around the globe, members of The Club meet to swap strategies and drum up potential clients, some of which are household names, such as ExxonMobil or Eli Lilly, but many more of which are much lower profile.

In specialty publications, the lawyers suggest novel ways to use ISDS as leverage against governments. It’s a sort of sophisticated, international version of the plaintiff’s attorney TV ad or billboard: Has your business been harmed by an increase in mining royalties in Mali? Our experienced team of lawyers may be able to help.

A few of their ideas: Sue Libya for failing to protect an oil facility during a civil war. Sue Spain for reducing solar energy incentives as a severe recession forced the government to make budget cuts. Sue India for allowing a generic drug company to make a cheaper version of a cancer drug.

In a little-noticed 2014 dissent, US Chief Justice John Roberts warned that ISDS arbitration panels hold the alarming power to review a nation’s laws and “effectively annul the authoritative acts of its legislature, executive, and judiciary.” ISDS arbitrators, he continued, “can meet literally anywhere in the world” and “sit in judgment” on a nation’s “sovereign acts.”

That fate has not yet befallen the United States - but largely because of sheer luck, former government lawyers said.

In theory, ISDS arbitrators must follow the rules laid down in trade pacts.

But in practice, they have interpreted the vague language of many treaties as enshrining broad, unwritten rights far beyond protections against property seizures and blatant discrimination - even finding, in one case, a right to a “reasonable rate of return.”

Some entrepreneurial lawyers scout for ways to make money from ISDS.

Selvyn Seidel
, an attorney who represented clients in ISDS suits, now runs a specialty firm, one that finds investors willing to fund promising suits for a cut of the eventual award.

Some lawyers, he said, monitor governments around the world in search of proposed laws and regulations that might spark objections from foreign companies.

"Huge awards against them for uncompensated expropriation.”

“You know it’s coming down the road,”
he said, “so, in that year before it’s actually changed, you can line up the right claimants and the right law firms to bring a number of cases.”

The US officials who negotiated the Trans-Pacific Partnership have argued that it contains new ISDS safeguards, including opening up hearings and legal filings to the public.

The changes, however, have loopholes, and lawyers at some big firms are already advising clients how they might use the new deal to their benefit.

Opposition to ISDS is spreading across the political spectrum, with groups on the left and right attacking the system.

Around the world, a growing number of countries are pushing for reforms or pulling out entirely.

But most of the alarm has been focused on the potential use of ISDS by corporations to roll back public-interest laws, such as those banning the use of hazardous chemicals or raising the minimum wage.

The system’s usefulness as a shield for the criminal and the corrupt has remained virtually unknown.

Reviewing publicly available information for about 300 claims filed during the past five years, BuzzFeed News found more than 35 cases in which the company or executive seeking protection in ISDS was accused of criminal activity, including money laundering, embezzlement, stock manipulation, bribery, war profiteering, and fraud.

Among them: a bank in Cyprus that the US government accused of financing terrorism and organized crime, an oil company executive accused of embezzling millions from the impoverished African nation of Burundi, and the Russian oligarch known as “the Kremlin’s banker.”

Some are at the center of notorious scandals, from the billionaire accused of orchestrating a massive Ponzi scheme in Mauritius to multiple telecommunications tycoons charged in the ever-widening “2G scam” in India, which made it into Time magazine’s top 10 abuses of power, alongside Watergate.

The companies or executives involved in these cases either denied wrongdoing or did not respond to requests for comment.

Related: WaterGate Was PedoGate; 70% Of Top US Officials Compromised

Most of the 35-plus cases are still ongoing. But in at least eight of the cases, bringing an ISDS claim got results for the accused wrongdoers, including a multimillion-dollar award, a dropped criminal investigation, and dropped criminal charges. In another, the tribunal has directed the government to halt a criminal case while the arbitration is pending.

Of course, there are governments that don’t have clean hands themselves, and some claims by businesses have been justified. The legal systems of some countries are flagrantly unfair or riddled with corruption.

Moreover, authoritarian or kleptocratic regimes sometimes do use their justice systems as political weapons. For example, arbitrators ordered Russia to pay compensation after finding that Vladimir Putin and his administration had used criminal and tax proceedings to destroy his political rival Mikhail Khodorkovsky’s oil company.

Lawyers say that some governments, faced with a legitimate ISDS claim, will even trump up a criminal charge to deflect from their own wrongdoing. For example, arbitrators found there was evidence suggesting that Bolivia had launched a fraud case against mining-company executives as a ploy to get the company’s ISDS claim thrown out.

But even some members of The Club said they were concerned by how often credible allegations of criminality arise. Many ISDS lawyers say that the system helps promote the rule of law around the world.

If ISDS is seen as protecting criminals, they fear, it could delegitimize a system that is working well for many others.

One lawyer who regularly represents governments said he’s seen evidence of corporate criminality that he “couldn’t believe.

Speaking on the condition that he not be named because he’s currently handling ISDS cases, he said;

“You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.”

Read the full accounts of what happened in the cases of Egypt, El Salvador and Indonesia at: Buzzfeed

Be advised: If the TPPA / TTIP et al were ratified, it would be these pricks coming to rape our countries.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ten Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control
July 11 2024 | From: UltraCulture / Various

NLP or Neuro-Linguistic Programming is one of the world’s most prevalent methods of mind control, used by everyone from sales callers to politicians to media pundits, and it’s nasty to the core. Here’s ten ways to make sure nobody uses it on you… ever.

Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP) is a method for controlling people’s minds that was invented by Richard Bandler and John Grinder in the 1970s, became popular in the psychoanalytic, occult and New Age worlds in the 1980s, and advertising, marketing and politics in the 1990s and 2000s.

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

It’s become so interwoven with how people are communicated to and marketed at that its use is largely invisible. It’s also somewhat of a pernicious, devilish force in the world - nearly everybody in the business of influencing people has studied at least some of its techniques. Masters of it are notorious for having a Rasputin-like ability to trick people in incredible ways - most of all themselves.

After explaining a bit about what NLP is and where it came from, I’m going to break down 10 ways to inoculate yourself against its use. You’ll likely be spotting it left, right and center in the media with a few tips on what to look for. Full disclosure: During my 20s, I spent years studying New Age, magical and religious systems for changing consciousness.

One of them was NLP. I’ve been on both ends of the spectrum: I’ve had people ruthlessly use NLP to attempt to control me, and I’ve also trained in it and even used it in the advertising world.

Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Despite early fascination, by 2008 or so I had largely come to the conclusion that it’s next to useless - a way of manipulating language that greatly overestimates its own effectiveness as a discipline, really doesn’t achieve much in the way of any kind of lasting change, and contains no real core of respect for people or even true understanding of how people work.

After throwing it to the wayside, however, I became convinced that understanding NLP is crucial simply so that people can resist its use. It’s kind of like the whole PUA thing that was popular in the mid-00s - a group of a few techniques that worked for a few unscrupulous people until the public figured out what was going on and rejected it, like the body identifying and rejecting foreign material.

What is NLP, and Where Did it Come From?

“Neuro-linguistic programming” is a marketing term for a “science” that two Californians - Richard Bandler and John Grinder - came up with in the 1970s. Bandler was a stoner student at UC Santa Cruz (just like I later was in the 00s), then a mecca for psychedelics, hippies and radical thinking (now a mecca for Silicon Valley hopefuls).

Grinder was at the time an associate professor in linguistics at the university (he had previously served as a Captain in the US Special Forces and in the intelligence community, ahem not that this, you know, is important… aheh…). Together, they worked at modeling the techniques of Fritz Perls (founder of Gestalt therapy), family therapist Virginia Satir and, most importantly, the preternaturally gifted hypnotherapist Milton Erickson.

Bandler and Grinder sought to reject much of what they saw as the ineffectiveness of talk therapy and cut straight to the heart of what techniques actually worked to produce behavioral change. Inspired by the computer revolution - Bandler was a computer science major - they also sought to develop a psychological programming language for human beings.

What they came up with was a kind of evolution of hypnotherapy - while classical hypnosis depends on techniques for putting patients into suggestive trances (even to the point of losing consciousness on command), NLP is much less heavy-handed: It’s a technique of layering subtle meaning into spoken or written language so that you can implant suggestions into a person’s unconscious mind without them knowing what you’re doing.

Though mainstream therapists rejected NLP as pseudoscientific nonsense (it has been officially peer reviewed and discredited as an intervention technique - lots more on that here), it nonetheless caught on.

It was still the 1970s, and the Human Potential Movement was in full swing - and NLP was the new darling. Immediately building a publishing, speaking and training empire, by 1980 Bandler had made over $800,000 from his creation - he was even being called on to train corporate leaders, the army and the CIA.

Self-help gurus like Tony Robbins used NLP techniques to become millionaires in the 1980s (Robbins now has an estimated net worth of $480 million). By the middle of the decade, NLP was such big business that lawsuits and wars had erupted over who had the rights to teach it, or even to use the term “NLP.”

But by that time, Bandler had bigger problems than copyright disputes: He was on trial for the alleged murder of prostitute Corine Christensen in November 1986.

Related: How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

The prosecution claimed that Bandler had shot Christensen, 34, point-blank in the face with a .357 Magnum in a drug deal gone bad. According to the press at the time, Bandler had discovered an even better way to get people to like him than NLP - cocaine - and become embroiled in a far darker game, even, than mind control.

A much-recommended investigation into the case published by Mother Jones in 1989 opens with these chilling lines:

In the morning Corine Christensen last snorted cocaine, she found herself, straw in hand, looking down the barrel of a .357 Magnum revolver. When the gun exploded, momentarily piercing the autumn stillness, it sent a single bullet on a diagonal path through her left nostril and into her brain.

Christensen slumped over her round oak dining table, bleeding onto its glass top, a loose-leaf notebook, and a slip of yellow memo paper on which she had scrawled, in red ink, DON’T KILL US ALL. Choking, she spit blood onto a wine goblet, a tequila bottle, and the shirt of the man who would be accused of her murder, then slid sideways off the chair and fell on her back. Within minutes she lay still.

As Christensen lay dying, two men left her rented town house in a working-class section of Santa Cruz, California. One was her former boyfriend, James Marino, an admitted cocaine dealer and convicted burglar.

The other, Richard Bandler, was known internationally as the cofounder of Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP), a controversial approach to psychology and communication. About 12 hours later, on the evening of November 3, 1986, Richard Bandler was arrested and charged with the murder.

Bandler’s defense was, simply, that Marino had killed Christensen, not him. Many at the time alleged he used NLP techniques on the stand to escape conviction.

Yet Bandler was also alleged to actually use a gun in NLP sessions in order to produce dramatic psychological changes in clients - a technique that was later mirrored by Hollywood in the movie Fight Club, in which Brad Pitt’s character pulls a gun on a gas station attendant and threatens to kill him if he doesn’t pursue his dreams in life.

That was, many said, Bandler’s MO.

Whatever the truth of the matter, Bandler was indeed let off, and the story was quickly buried - I’ve never spoken to a student of NLP who’s ever heard of the murder case, I’ll note, and I’ve spoken to a lot. 

The case hardly impeded the growing popularity of NLP, however, which was now big business, working its way not only into the toolkit of psychotherapists but also into nearly every corner of the political and advertising worlds, having grown far beyond the single personage of Richard Bandler, though he continued (and continues) to command outrageous prices for NLP trainings throughout the world.

Today, the techniques of NLP and Ericksonian-style hypnotic writing can be readily seen in the world of Internet marketing, online get-rich-quick schemes and scams.

(For more on this, see the excellent article Scamworld: ‘Get rich quick’ schemes mutate into an online monster by my friend Joseph Flatley, one of the best articles I’ve ever read on the Web.)

Their most prominent public usage has likely been by Barack Obama, whose 2008 “Change” campaign was a masterpiece of Ericksonian permissive hypnosis. The celebrity hypnotist and illusionist Derren Brown also demonstrates NLP techniques in his routine.

How Exactly Does this Thing Work?

NLP is taught in a pyramid structure, with the more advanced techniques reserved for multi-thousand-dollar seminars. To oversimplify an overcomplicated subject, it more or less works like this: First, the user (or “NLPer,” as NLP people often refer to themselves - and I should note here that the large majority of NLP people, especially those who are primarily therapists, are likely well-meaning) of NLP pays very, very close attention to the person they’re working with.

By watching subtle cues like eye movement, skin flush, pupil dilation and nervous tics, a skilled NLP person can quickly determine:

a) What side of the brain a person is predominantly using;

b) What sense (sight, smell, etc.) is most predominant in their brain;

c) How their brain stores and utilizes information (ALL of this can be gleaned from eye movements);

d) When they’re lying or making information up.

After this initial round of information gathering, the “NLPer” begins to slowly and subtly mimic the client, taking on not only their body language but also their speech mannerisms, and will begin speaking with language patterns designed to target the client’s primary sense.

An NLP person essentially carefully fakes the social cues that cause a person to drop their guard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility.

For instance, a person predominantly focused on sight will be spoken to in language using visual metaphors - ”Do you see what I’m saying?” “Look at it this way” - while a person for which hearing is the dominant sense will be spoken to in auditory language - ”Hear me out,” “I’m listening to you closely.”

By mirroring body language and linguistic patterns, the NLPer is attempting to achieve one very specific response: rapport.

Rapport is the mental and physiological state that a human enters when they let their social guard down, and it is generally achieved when a person comes to the conclusion that the person they’re talking to is just like them. See how that works, broadly?

Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

An NLP person essentially carefully fakes the social cues that cause a person to drop their guard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility.

Once rapport is achieved, the NLPer will then begin subtly leading the interaction. Having mirrored the other person, they can now make subtle changes to actually influence the other person’s behavior.

Combined with subtle language patterns, leading questions and a whole slew of other techniques, a skilled NLPer can at this point steer the other person wherever they like, as long as the other person isn’t aware of what’s happening and thinks everything is arising organically, or has given consent.

That means it’s actually fairly hard to use NLP to get people to act out-of-character, but it can be used for engineering responses within a person’s normal range of behavior - like donating to a cause, making a decision they were putting off, or going home with you for the night if they might have considered it anyway.

From this point, the NLPer will seek to do two things - elicit and anchorEliciting happens when an NLPer uses leading and language to engineer an emotional state - for instance, hunger. Once a state has been elicited, the NLPer can then anchor it with a physical cue - for instance, touching your shoulder. In theory, if done right, the NLPer can then call up the hungry state any time they touch your shoulder in the same way. It’s conditioning, plain and simple.

How Can I Make Sure Nobody Pulls this Horseshit on Me?

I’ve had all kinds of people attempt to “NLP” me into submission, including multiple people I’ve worked for over extended periods of time, and even people I’ve been in relationships with. Consequently, I’ve developed a pretty keen immune response to it. I’ve also studied its mechanics very closely, largely to resist the nonsense of said people. Here’s a few key methods I’ve picked up.

1. Be Extremely Wary of People Copying Your Body Language

If you’re talking to somebody who may be into NLP, and you notice that they’re sitting in exactly the same way as you, or mirroring the way you have your hands, test them by making a few movements and seeing if they do the same thing. Skilled NLPers will be better at masking this than newer ones, but newer ones will always immediately copy the same movement. This is a good time to call people on their shit.

2. Move Your Eyes in Random and Unpredictable Patterns

This is freaking hilarious to do to troll NLPers. Especially in the initial stages of rapport induction, an NLP user will be paying incredibly close attention to your eyes. You may think it’s because they’re intensely interested in what you’re saying. They are, but not because they actually care about your thoughts:

This could quite possibly be going too far, however

They’re watching your eye movements to see how you store and access information. In a few minutes, they’ll not only be able to tell when you’re lying or making something up, they’ll also be able to figure out what parts of your brain you’re using when you’re speaking, which can then lead them to be so clued in to what you’re thinking that they almost come across as having some kind of psychic insight into your innermost thoughts.

A clever hack for this is just to randomly dart your eyes around - look up to the right, to the left, side to side, down… make it seem natural, but do it randomly and with no pattern. This will drive an NLP person utterly nuts because you’ll be throwing off their calibration.

3. Do Not Let Anybody Touch You

This is pretty obvious and kind of goes without saying in general. But let’s say you’re having a conversation with somebody you know is into NLP, and you find yourself in a heightened emotional state - maybe you start laughing really hard, or get really angry, or something similar - and the person you’re talking to touches you while you’re in that state.

Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

They might, for instance, tap you on the shoulder. What just happened? They anchored you so that later, if they want to put you back into the state you were just in, they can (or so the wayward logic of NLP dictates) touch you in the same place. Just be like, oh hell no you did not.

4. Be Wary of Vague Language

One of the primary techniques that NLP took from Milton Erickson is the use of vague language to induce hypnotic trance. Erickson found that the more vague language is, the more it leads people into trance, because there is less that a person is liable to disagree with or react to. Alternately, more specific language will take a person out of trance. (Note Obama’s use of this specific technique in the “Change” campaign, a word so vague that anybody could read anything into it.)

5. Be Wary of Permissive Language

“Feel free to relax.” “You’re welcome to test drive this car if you like.” “You can enjoy this as much as you like.” Watch the f*k out for this. This was a major insight of pre-NLP hypnotists like Erickson: The best way to get somebody to do something, including going into a trance, is by allowing them to give you permission to do so. Because of this, skilled hypnotists will NEVER command you outright to do something - i.e. “Go into a trance.” They WILL say things like “Feel free to become as relaxed as you like.”

6. Be Wary of Gibberish

Nonsense phrases like “As you release this feeling more and more you will find yourself moving into present alignment with the sound of your success more and more.” This kind of gibberish is the bread and butter of the pacing-and-leading phase of NLP; the hypnotist isn’t actually saying anything, they’re just trying to program your internal emotional states and move you towards where they want you to go.

Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

ALWAYS say “Can you be more specific about that” or “Can you explain exactly what you mean?” This does two things: It interrupts this whole technique, and it also forces the conversation into specific language, breaking the trance-inducing use of vague language we discussed in #4.

7. Read Between the Lines

NLP people will consistently use language with hidden or layered meanings. For instance “Diet, nutrition and sleep with me are the most important things, don’t you think?” On the surface, if you heard this sentence quickly, it would seem like an obvious statement that you would probably agree with without much thought.

Yes, of course diet, nutrition and sleep are important things, sure, and this person’s really into being healthy, that’s great. But what’s the layered-in message? “Diet, nutrition and sleep with me are the most important things, don’t you think?” Yep, and you just unconsciously agreed to it. Skilled NLPers can be incredibly subtle with this.

8. Watch Your Attention

Be very careful about zoning out around NLP people - it’s an invitation to leap in with an unconscious cue. Here’s an example: An NLP user who was attempting to get me to write for his blog for free noticed I appeared not to be paying attention and was looking into the distance, and then started using the technique listed in #7 by talking about how he never has to pay for anything because media outlets send him review copies of books and albums for free. “Everything for free,” he began hissing at me.I get everything. For. Free. Obvious, no?

9. Don’t Agree to Anything

If you find yourself being led to make a quick decision on something, and feel you’re being steered, leave the situation. Wait 24 hours before making any decisions, especially financial ones.

Do NOT let yourself get swept up into making an emotional decision in the spur of the moment. Sales people are armed with NLP techniques specifically for engineering impulse buys. Don’t do it. Leave, and use your rational mind.

10. Trust Your Intuition

And the foremost and primary rule: If your gut tells you somebody is fucking with you, or you feel uneasy around them, trust it. NLP people almost always seem “off,” dodgy, or like used car salesmen. Flee, or request they show you the respect of not applying NLP techniques when interacting with you.

Hopefully this short guide will be of assistance to you in resisting this annoying and pernicious modern form of black magic. Take it with you on your phone or a printout next time you’re at a used car sales lot, getting signed up for a gym membership, or watching a politician speak on TV. You’ll easily find yourself surprised how you allow yourself to notice more and more NLP techniques… more and more… don’t you think?

(For more on NLP, check out the book Introducing NLP by Joseph O’Connor or the immensely useful Neuro-Linguistic Programming for Dummies

Related Articles:

The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

How To Reprogram Your Mind To Take An Active Role In Your Personal Evolution

Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Censorship Of The Biden Story & Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China
July 10 2024 | From: DailyCaller / Zerohedge / Various

The destruction of journalistic ethics is nearly complete. [ Historical But Relevant ]

The same group of reporters and pundits who rushed to report every rumor, every speculation, every lie about Donald Trump for the last four years now close ranks and refuse to report the emerging allegations about the Biden family.

Related: NPR, CNN, NYT, Wa-Po, MSNBC, Twitter, Facebook, Google Presstitutes Covering Up Biden Scandals by Refusing to Report on Them

Hunter Biden’s abandoned laptops have been a treasure trove of inside information about his reported influence peddling and shady deals, based entirely on his status as son of the vice president.

It is obvious that Joe Biden supported his son’s dealings, and it may also be the case that the “big guy” directly profited from them.

And it is now beyond question that Joe Biden used the power of his office to bully Ukraine to end an investigation into corruption at the energy firm Burisma, where his son inexplicably was a board member.

The New York Post has brought some of this evidence to light, or at least tried to.

The Biden campaign has not denied that the laptop and its contents are genuine, which they would have done quickly had it been bogus.

And former Hunter Biden associate Bevan Cooney has given access to 26,000 additional emails that reportedly substantiate what has been released.

Related: Debunked: Here’s All The Media & Democrats Who Falsely Claimed Hunter Biden Laptop Story Was “Russian Disinformation”

You would think that other reporters and news outlets would be clamoring for access to the rest of the information. Isn’t that what credible journalists do, ferret out the facts, without fear or favor?

But not anymore.

Adherence to the liberal narrative has replaced the old norm of objectivity. Fear and favor are the order of the day.

The only fact that matters is that the “laptop from Hell,” as President Trump called it, could be fatal to the Biden campaign. Thus, the story must be dismissed, censored, criticized and made to go away. Quickly.

One excuse for not covering the story is that it was based on hacked information.

But the emails were not hacked, they were extracted from an abandoned computer that lawfully belonged to the repairman who tried many times to return it and collect on the $85 repair bill.

And anyway, the media’s “hacked information” ban was only invented during the last election cycle to defend against a different round of revelations about Democrats.

Real reporters should have no ethical qualms about any information that is hacked, leaked or otherwise surreptitiously obtained, so long as it is factual.

Related: NY Post Editor On Hunter Biden Scandal Report: ‘Judge It For Yourself’ + Giuliani Details Steps Taken To Authenticate Hunter Biden Material

Another angle has been to resurrect the discredited Russian collusion charge.

Pundits have charged, without evidence, that the emails are part of a Kremlin plot. Dozens of has-been intelligence officials published a letter claiming the emails bore the hallmarks of Russian disinformation, even if they were true.

But the Director of National Intelligence, the State Department, the FBI and DOJ say there is no evidence of Russian involvement, and really how could there be? The charge is ludicrous on its face. But that has not stopped the baseless charge.

Then there are the tech titans who are doing their best to make sure the story does not spread.

Twitter suspended the New York Post’s account because of the story and locked the Trump campaign’s account over a Hunter Biden-related video.

But Twitter reflects a very rarefied ultra-liberal slice of the electorate anyway, so does it really matter? Facebook has reduced distribution of the story, and many major newspapers and cable channels are ignoring it.

Forget the idea that reporters would pressure the Biden campaign to give substantive answers to any questions regarding this scandal. The only tough question Biden has been asked recently was what flavor milkshake he bought.

Related: Full Story Behind Hunter's Laptop Debunks Latest Russia Conspiracy Theory

There has also been little journalistic curiosity regarding the FBI’s role with the laptop. The Bureau had a copy of the files dating back to September 2019, and had the actual laptop by December.

This was during the Trump impeachment fiasco and the evidence on the laptop might have nipped the process in the bud. But it was kept under wraps.

Senate Homeland Security and Government Affairs Committee Chair Ron Johnson has asked FBI Director Christopher Wray for details about how the Bureau handled the laptop, and there have been persistent rumors that Wray will either resign or be fired.

Clearly there is a story here, but few reporters seem interested in it.

This ideologically driven approach to reporting is sadly nothing new. In “Looking Back on the Spanish War,” George Orwell wrote that during the Spanish Civil War he saw “newspaper reports which did not bear any relation to the facts,” and “eager intellectuals building emotional superstructures over events that had never happened.”

That accurately describes most coverage of the Russian collusion hoax.

In addition, Orwell wrote he saw “history being written not in terms of what happened but what ought to have happened according to various ‘party lines.’”

And that is how the Biden laptop story is being shaped.

Related Articles:

Harris, prominent Democrats listed as 'key contacts' for Biden family business venture projects

Imagine If MSM Consistently Applied The Evidentiary Standards It’s Applying To Hunter Biden’s Emails

The New York Post Gets the AmRen Treatment

On Facebook you can advocate murder but cannot report truthfully on the Bidens

Before The Bidens "Did" Ukraine, There Was Iraq... And Serbia

Senate Homeland Security Chairman Presses FBI About Hunter Biden Laptop

Joe Biden Is Lying About His Income, His Tax Dodging, and His Tax Increases

Twitter Won’t Unlock NY Post Account Until Hunter Biden Posts Deleted

Does This Explain Why Facebook Was So Quick To Suppress Hunter Biden Revelations?

Hunter Biden's Laptop "Is Not Some Russian Disinformation Campaign"; DNI Ratcliffe Slams Schiff

House Republicans Call on Barr to Appoint Special Counsel to Probe Alleged Biden Emails

Hunter Biden’s Business Associates Helped Chinese Tycoons Meet With Obama White House Officials, Emails Show

Biden to Be Grilled on ‘Foreign Corruption’ at Next Debate: Trump Campaign Adviser

No Intelligence Tying Hunter Biden Emails to Russian Disinformation: Ratcliffe

Feds Confirm Biden Emails Are "Authentic"; '50 Former Intel Officials' Wrong On Russian Disinfo

House Judiciary Committee issues statement affirming smoking-gun emails incriminating Biden

'Does Hunter Want To Blow Up His Dad's Campaign?' Ex-Biz Partner Texts Paint Damning Picture

Pelosi Ignores Question on Allegations of Corruption Surrounding Joe Biden

Joe Biden kisses granddaughter on lips during Iowa rally

Erik Prince: NYPD Ready to Make Arrests in Anthony Weiner Case

Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China

In a day when half the US population remained transfixed by the ongoing revelations about the contents of Hunter Biden's "laptop from hell" and the other half was doing everything in its power to ignore the news which the socials have conveniently been desperate to censor;

A far less noticed but perhaps just as important investigative report authored by the unknown Typhoon Investigations, was released by Christopher Balding, Associate Professor at Peking University HSBC School of Business Shenzhen, China and also Bloomberg contributor  (which is odd considering the clear anti-Trump bias of the Bloomberg media empire) exposing Biden activities in China which "the press has simply refused to cover", and which reveals "how Biden was compromised by the Communist Party of China."

Related: Senate Investigators Seek Hunter Biden Records

In a series of tweets around noon on Thursday, Balding said that he had really "not wanted to do this but roughly 2 months ago I was handed a report about Biden activities in China the press has simply refused to cover. I want to strongly emphasize I did not write the report but I know who did."

Some more background on the origins of the report from Balding's website:

"For two months I have worked on behalf of my colleague to ensure that this report helped others report on the documented evidence of Biden activities with regards to China. I want to emphasize a couple of things about my own involvement.

First, I did not write the report and I am not responsible for the report. I have gone over the report with a fine tooth comb and can find nothing factually wrong with the report. Everything is cited and documented. Arguably the only weakness is that we do not have internal emails between Chinese players or the Chinese and Bidens that would make explicit what the links clearly imply.

Second, I will not be disclosing the individual who did write this report. They have very valid reasons to fear for both their personal safety and professional risks. Throughout the years that I have known this individual we never discussed politics. I have never heard them criticize any political party other than the CCP. They are not a Republican.

Third, it was my very real wish that the press would have reported on the documented evidence in this report and left me and the author entirely out of this situation. I did not vote for Trump in 2016 and will not vote for him in 2020.
This information however is entirely valid public interest information that the press has simply refused to cover due to their own partisan wishes. I have serious policy differences with President Trump.

I am pro-immigration. I would like to see more free trade efforts to shift trade away from China and into partner countries from Mexico to Vietnam and India. I believe that institution building in Asia is vital and America needs to take that lead. However, I cannot in good conscience allow documented evidence of the variety presented here go unreported by partisans who are simply choosing to hide information.

Finally, I will not be answering any questions about the report. I had no wish to be involved in Presidential politics. I do not want to be on the news. I will not be answer any questions about who wrote the report. We need to return the focus to the known documented facts.'

Upon review, this is how Balding summarized the report's contents in his series of tweets:

"Hunter Biden is partnered with the Chinese state. Entire investment partnership is Chinese state money from social security fund to China Development Bank. It is actually a subsidiary of the Bank of China. This is not remotely anything less than a Chinese state funded play.

Though the entire size of the fund cannot be reconstructed, the Taiwanese cofounder who is now detained in China, reports it to be NOT $1-1.5 billion but $6.5 billion. This would make Hunters stake worth at a minimum at least $50 million if he was to sell it.

Disturbingly, everyone on the Chinese side are clearly linked with influence and intelligence organizations. China uses very innocuous sounding organization names to hide PLA, United Front, or Ministry of Foreign Affairs influence/intelligence operations.

This report cannot say Hunter was the target of such an operation or that China even targeted him. However, based upon the clear pattern of individuals and organizations surrounding him it is an entirely reasonable conclusion.

Finally, the believed Godfather in arranging everything is a gentleman named Yang Jiechi. He is currently the CCP Director of Foreign Affairs leading strategist for America, Politburo member one of the most powerful men in China, and Xi confidant. Why does this matter?

He met regularly with Joe Biden during his stint as Chinese ambassador the US when Biden chaired the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. 

Later he was Minister of Foreign Affairs when the investment partnership was made official in 2013. Importantly, the Taiwanese national listed MOFA institutions as the key clients in helping to arrange everything.

Yang would clearly have known the importance of Hunter Biden and undoubtedly would have been informed of any dealings

Given that he is now the point person in China for dealing with the US this raises major concerns about a Biden administration dealing impartially with an individual in this capacity.

These are documented facts from Chinese corporate records like IPO prospectuses and media. They raise very valid concerns about Biden linkages to China

Watch: New Documentary Exposing China’s Game Plan for the 2020 US Election

TikTok is an app often used for entertainment. But could it be a tool for the Chinese Communist Party (CCP)? And is the CCP using TikTok to manipulate the presidential election while creating chaos and division in the United States?

Related: FBI Asks Hunter Biden’s Ex-Business Partner Tony Bobulinski for Interview: Senate Committee

Turning to the report itself, here is the 10-point summary of its findings:

"Joe Biden’s compromising partnership with the Communist Party of China runs via Yang Jiechi (CPC’s Central Foreign Affairs Commission). YANG met frequently with BIDEN during his tenure at the Chinese embassy in Washington.

Hunter Biden’s 2013 Bohai Harvest Rosemont investment partnership was set-up by Ministry of Foreign Affairs institutions who are tasked with garnering influence with foreign leaders during YANG’s tenure as Foreign Minister.

HUNTER has a direct line to the Politburo, according to SOURCE A, a senior finance professional in China.

Michael Lin, a Taiwanese national now detained in China, brokered the BHR partnership and partners with MOFA foreign influence organizations.

LIN is a POI for his work on behalf of China, as confirmed by SOURCE B and SOURCE C (at two separate national intelligence agencies).

BHR is a state managed operation. Leading shareholder in BHR is a Bank of China which lists BHR as a subsidiary and BHR’s partners are SOEs that funnel revenue/assets to BHR.

HUNTER continues to hold 10% in BHR. He visited China in 2010 and met with major Chinese government financial companies that would later back BHR.

HUNTER’s BHR stake (purchased for $400,000) is now likely be worth approx. $50 million (fees and capital appreciation based on BHR’s $6.5 billion AUM as stated by Michael Lin).

HUNTER also did business with Chinese tycoons linked with the Chinese military and against the interests of US national security.

BIDEN’s foreign policy stance towards China (formerly hawkish), turned positive despite China’s country’s rising geopolitical assertiveness."

To simply the various opaque Chinese intermediaries, the report shows the transfer of Chinese state money to Hunter, via major Chinese financial SOEs.

Related: In Debate, Trump Presses Biden to Explain Son’s Foreign Business Deals

The next chart shows how the Communist Party of China cultivated Hunter via Lian and multiple Chinese foreign influence organizations:

Related: Steve Bannon Behind 'Roll-Out Plan' For Hunter Biden Emails, Says 'Multiple Stories From Multiple Media Sources' About To Hit

The third and final chart shows the relationships connecting US leaders with communist leaders in China and North Korea.

While there is official state-to-state dialogue and relationships between US and Chinese leaders, just one or two levels below are connected business arrangements with their relatives and associates, who are always the personal recipients of Chinese state money.

Related: Sen. Johnson Suggests Bobulinski Emails Are Authentic, May Release to Public

The key section of the report begins on page 19, in which the anonymous author details how the Biden family was compromised by China:

Watch: Eyewitness To The Biden’s Corruption Drops Bombshells Before Final Debate

Hunter’s ex-partner Tony Bobulinski calls Joe Biden a liar.

Related Articles:

Hunter Biden business partner calls email 'genuine,' says Hunter sought dad's advice on deals

Bombshell Statement: Biden Insider Claims He Was ‘Recipient of the Email’, Says He Witnessed Joe, Hunter Discussing Deals

Laptop connected to Hunter Biden linked to FBI money laundering probe

Multiple @OANN reporters have now viewed the emails, photos, and videos on the #HunterBiden hard drive

The report also quotes from a 2019 National Review article detailing Hunter Biden's financial links to China:

"Late Summer 2006: Hunter Biden and his uncle, James Biden, purchase the hedge fund Paradigm Global Advisors. According to an unnamed executive quoted in Politico in August, James Biden declared to employees on his first day, “Don’t worry about investors. We’ve got people all around the world who want to invest in Joe Biden.”

At this time, Joe Biden is months away from becoming chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and launching his second bid for president.

The unnamed executive who spoke to Politico charged that the purchase of the fund was designed to work around campaign-finance laws:

"According to the executive, James Biden made it clear that he viewed the fund as a way to take money from rich foreigners who could not legally give money to his older brother or his campaign account.

We’ve got investors lined up in a line of 747s filled with cash ready to invest in this company,” the executive remembers James Biden saying."

Incidentally, this same article also points out the following:

"An outside audit of Paradigm by the firm of Briggs, Bunting & Dougherty finds a “failure to reconcile Investment Advisors reimbursement of fund expenses, failure to reconcile and review cash account on a timely basis, and failure to reconcile and review various other accounts on a timely basis.”

And while the National Review article does an exhaustive look into both Biden, Paradigm's and Seneca Global Advisors, the real focus is on China, which concludes that its "research indicates the Biden family and associates went on to execute a string of business deals with China and the CPC for nearly a decade."

Related: Rudy Giuliani Describes Alleged Underage Material On Hunter Biden's Laptop

Fast-forwarding through the report, we learn about a curious entity called Thornton consulting:

Shortly after BIDEN was named as Obama’s running mate in August, HUNTER founded Seneca Global Advisors and the Beijing government approved the incorporation of Thornton Beijing - Solebury Thornton(Beijing)Consulting Co Ltd.

On October 21, 2007 LIN, LAKIS and ARCHER visited HNA Group in Beijing, this time with ARCHER, acting as COO of Rosemont Solebury Capital, and had dinner with Chen. On the same day, the Thornton delegation also met with officials from PKU.

Related: House GOP introduces bill naming China top national security threat but Democrats won’t go along because Joe Biden, their candidate, appears compromised by Beijing

HNA, which was originally an airline carrier, is of course best known for becoming a major Chinese conglomerate which in 2015-2016 was the most acquisitive Chinese company involved in a flurry of multi-billion global M&A, including US electronics distributor Ingram Micro, CIT Group's aircraft leasing business, a 25% stake in Hilton, a 5% stake in Deutsche Bank, and is widely regarded as backed by or ultimately owned by Wang Qishan, then former vice premier (2008 – 2013).

Related: Giuliani: ‘More Coming Out’ About Bidens After Last Week’s Reports

Wang is currently China’s Vice-President and a close aide of Xi. According to the report:

"HNA has allegedly used various methods to bribe targets in the past, including hosting parties and supplying targets with young women. It is unknown if Thornton representatives were targeted in this manner at Chen’s dinner, but if any nighttime entertainment was provided, it was probably recorded by HNA/Chinese intelligence (as is commonplace in China)."

The following day a Thornton/Rosemont Solebury/SLLF delegation, including LIN, ARCHER, and LAKIS, met with Peng Fang, Director General of the NPC’s Foreign Affairs Committee, which is responsible for communicating with foreign affairs committees from other countries.

The meeting was held in the Great Hall of the People, China’s most prestigious state building used to host legislative and ceremonial activities.

In other words, the Thornton delegation met with a senior Chinese foreign affairs official at China’s most famous state building, in a meeting which would have been approved by or informed to China’s top leaders.

This was clearly not a business meeting, but (at least in the eyes of the Chinese contingent), rather a nation to nation, state to state meeting.

Fast-forwarding to 2010 (the report has all the interim details), we read that between April 7-9, 2010, "HUNTER was introduced by LIN to China’s most powerful government controlled financial institutions."

Here the report notes that "while the English news item is no longer accessible on Thornton’s website, but the Chinese version remains."

Related: ‘Big Guy’ in China Deal Email Was Joe Biden, Former Hunter Biden Partner Says

Only that's no longer the case, because since the publication of this report, it appears that someone had a keen interest in quickly removing that particular URL as can be seen here.

However, courtesy of the wayback machine, we can see what the Thornton consulting website, which was summarily taken down in the past 3-4 weeks, had to say as of this Sept 26 (after which the website just disappears) snapshot:

Related: Press Prostitutes Go Into Full Media Blackout to Protect Biden

The report continues that according to Thornton’s news item, HUNTER was introduced as the chairman of Rosemont Seneca and the second son of the US Vice-President, and the purpose of his visit was todeepen mutual understanding and explore the possibility of commercial cooperation”.

LIN had delivered HUNTER to the Chinese for discussions on his pay-off.

Three days later, BIDEN met with then Chinese President Hu Jintao in Washington as part of the Nuclear Security Summit.

At the time Hunter was just barely 40 years old.

The Secret Service protects, by statute, the president and vice president and their families.84 As the son of a sitting Vice-President, HUNTER will have had secret service protection during his business trip to China.

Freedom of Information Act request records show that HUNTER visited China from April 6 to April 9, 2010. Unusually, for such a high-profile visit, there were no media reports in English or Chinese media.

Therefore, his father BIDEN (even if unaware personally, which is unlikely given how close to each other they live and work), will have been aware of his son’s business trip to Beijing through official channels.

Given the sensitive nature of US-China relations, HUNTER would have been closely watched by various Chinese securities agencies during the trip.

The report then pivots to dad Joe, who August 18, 2011 held talks with Xi, then Chinese Vice-President, during a five-day trip.

At the meeting Biden said the US "fully understands that Taiwan and Tibet issues are China's core interests, the U.S. will continue to resolutely pursue the one China policy, the U.S. does not support ‘Taiwan's independence’, and the U.S. fully recognizes that Tibet is an inalienable part of the People's Republic of China." 

Related: Google Engineers Admit To Manipulating Search Results To Favor Biden

Biden’s words are verbatim from China’s official standpoint on Taiwan and Tibet. Additionally, Biden said he "has spent more time in private meetings with Xi than any other world leader, including 25 hours of private dinners with Xi and one interpreter."

A few days later BIDEN delivered a speech at Sichuan University, where he said:

"China’s development and prosperity are in line with the interest of the U.S”, in comments on the university’s website. The Obama Whitehouse records published a transcript of the speech during which BIDEN said “Let me be clear - let me be clear: I believed in 1979 and said so and I believe now that a rising China is a positive development, not only for the people of China but for the United States and the world as a whole…

In order to cement this robust partnership, we have to go beyond close ties between Washington and Beijing, which we’re working on every day, go beyond it to include all levels of government, go beyond it to include classrooms and laboratories, athletic fields and boardrooms.”

A few months after Biden’s Sichuan trip, Archer and Lin worked with a Sichuan Chemical, a large Sichuan state-owned company to set-up a major potash deal (that never materialized) for Prospect Global, a listed US company at the time, that soon delisted and no longer appears to be in business.

According to the report, "it is unclear if the purpose of the deal was to just deliver Archer millions of dollars in compensation, to talk up the Prospect Global stock, or if it resulted in Sichuan Chemical transferring millions of US dollars to the US (either for capital flight purposes or to be directed to US politicians such as BIDEN and KERRY)."

The story only gets more interesting from here, and focuses on the arrival on the scene in 2013 of none other than John Kerry, who is intimately tied to Hunter (and thus Joe Biden) via Rosemont Seneca's predecessor Rosemont Capital, established in 2005 by Chris Heinz and Devon Archer who were roommates at Yale University.

Related: Senate Judiciary Committee Votes to Subpoena Twitter, Facebook CEOs

The firm was named after a Heinz family farm, and the capital was from Heinz, heir to the Heinz food processing empire, and step-son of John Kerry, a former Yale graduate who at the time was the senator for Massachusetts.

On June 25 2009, Hunter Biden co-founded Rosemont Seneca with Archer and Heinz; the company’s offices in Georgetown were located two miles from both Biden's office in the White House and his residence at the Naval Observatory, and one mile from Kerry’s Georgetown mansion.

We will let readers do their own digging but we will highlight one section from the report, detailing how the Hunter Biden received Chinese state money...

Related: Senate Demands Hunter Biden Turn Over Bank Records Wire Transfers Account Balances And Travel Records

...and it involved the creation of BHR, which served as the entity facilitating the bulk of Chinese fund flows into the Bidens, as Hunter's initial BHR stake, purchased for just $400,000, is now likely be worth approximately $50 million.

From the report:

On December 4, 2013 HUNTER accompanies BIDEN on his official trip to China.

HUNTER told the New Yorker that he met Li during the December 2013 trip but described it as social encounter. “How do I go to Beijing, halfway around the world, and not see them (Li) for a cup of coffee?” he said.

HUNTER arranged a quick meeting in the lobby of the American delegation’s hotel in Beijing between BIDEN and Li, the BHR CEO

This was followed by a "social meeting" between HUNTER and Li, according to reports by the New Yorker.

The trip by HUNTER coincided with an official trip by the Ukranian President Viktor Yanukovych. Many business deals promoting trade and investment between China and Ukraine were signed during this trip.

Some deals between Chinese and Ukranian firms have ties to firms HUNTER is known to be involved with such as the Bohai Commodity Exchange, owned by the same local governments that own a part of Bohai Industrial Investment.

On 16 December 2013, a week after the BIDEN and HUNTER visit to Beijing, BHR was incorporated in Shanghai, with its registered address in the Shanghai Free Trade Zone, according to State Market Regulatory Administration <SMRA> records.

HUNTER’s profile no longer appears on the BHR website. One archived version lists him as a director on November 16, 2015. BIDEN is referred to in the profile as a managing partner of Rosement Seneca Partners and a consultant at Boies Schiller Flexner LPP <Boies Schiller>.

According to a statement by BIDEN’s lawyer George Mesires on October 13, 2019, BIDEN was of counsel with Boies Schiller and advising Ukraine-linked Burisma Holdings Limited on its corporate reform initiatives. He is also listed on Chinese PE websites where he is also referred to by the Chinese name ‘Hengte Baideng’ (亨特·拜登)

SMRA records show HUNTER purchased 10% of BHR on October 23, 2017 (via his investment vehicle Skaneateles LLC) and was a director until April 20, 2020. Previously he was invested via other holding companies.

BHR’s current shareholders are Bohai Capital (30%), Shanghai Ample Harvest Financial Services Group Co Ltd (上海丰实金融服务(集团)有限公司) (30%), Angju Investment (10%), Thornton (10%), Ulysses Diversified Inc (10%), Skaneateles LLC (10%). According to Chinese corporate records, the original owner of the US stake in BHR was Rosemont, Seneca Thornton, LLC with a 30% shareholding. This was split just under two years later into what is believed to be 20%/10% holding between Rosemont, Seneca, Bohai LLC and Thornton LLC.

This was later changed again splitting Rosemont, Seneca, Bohai into Skanletes and Ulyssees.

As Rosemont is the HEINZ KERRY vehicle and Seneca is the Biden vehicle, it is believed that the final split allowed HEINZ to exit the partnership divesting to ARCHER.

In summary, the Chinese government funded a business that it co-owned along with the son of a sitting US vice president and Secretary of State who was with high probability directly or indirectly invested in the holding company.

But if China funded a business, what was the value for Hunter? Here the report goes into detail calculating that the entity likely had $6.5BN in AUM, generating $100-$150MM in annual revenue, and if one day the business was sold, it could do so for ~$300 million (see page 14-15).

Related: Sperry Exposes The Complete History Of Hunter Biden's Crony-Connected Jobs

This returns the entire partnership to the fundamental problem: two sons of the Vice President of the United States and the Secretary of State willingly entered into a financial partnership with a government their fathers were supposed to deal with in an impartial manner.

Evidence indicates that the Secretary of State was directly or indirectly financially invested in his sons firms and benefitted from asset purchases made by firms directly linked to his son.

HUNTER invested in a firm that by his own words has had almost nothing to do with, managed by state government with departments dedicated to elite capture, focusing on state enterprise deals in a foreign country, but has grown to manage $6.5 billion in assets and likely realize yearly revenue of $100-150 million.

The ultimate sale price for his stake or the partnership would be whatever the Chinese Communist Party decides his partnership stake is worth.

And this is where the Typhoon Investigations report, the Biden presidential campaign, and Hunter's "laptop from hell" all converge:

On May 2, 2019 BIDEN remarked, “They can't figure out how they're going to deal with the corruption that exists within the system. I mean, you know, they're not bad folks, folks. But guess what, they're not, they're not competition for us.”

On May 3, it was reported that BHR [where Hunter was an investor] invested in Face++, a Chinese surveillance company which develops facial-recognition software for law enforcement in China, including targeting ethnic minority Muslims Xinjiang.

In September 2019, BIDEN said this of HUNTER’s business deals:

“I have never spoken to my son about his overseas business dealings,”

Still, while Hunter benefiting monetarily from deals with China may be unethical, it's hardly illegal (all else equal).

Where things get dicey is if to curry favor with China, and continue the freeflow of China-sourced cash, Hunter or his father, is betraying his fellow Americans.

Related: In Stunning Reversal, Twitter No Longer Blocking NY Post Biden Article

Is this what happened? Read on and decide:

Hunter Cultivated by Chinese Intelligence

Our research shows that for more than decade, HUNTER has been personally targeted by China’s intelligence apparatus and its various ‘foreign relations agencies’.

A U.S. Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs <HSGAC> published on September 23, 2020, details HUNTER’s recent payoffs from a PLA linked tycoon, Ye Jianming <YE>, chairman of Chinese energy company CEFC China Energy Company Limited <CEFC>.

YE’s first break came when he purchased a small piston factory that supplied the Chinese army, after which he was a proxy for PLA officials, based on a New York Times article, and our proprietary research of the PLA’s logistics network.

In the early 2000s, YE was the deputy secretary of CAIFC, according to his CEFC biography. As explained, the CAIFC is a PLA front organization that has dual roles of intelligence collection and propaganda work, and worked with LIN and the SLLF a few years after YE left the organization.

YE also knows Xu, who was a CAIFC special advisor, and arranged for LIN and HUNTER’s access to the highest levels of government.

In line with his intelligence role, YE arranged events that brought together retired American and Chinese military officers. In 2015, YE arranged for an aide to meet with HUNTER and in May 2017, YE met privately with HUNTER at a Miami hotel.

The purpose of the meeting was for HUNTER to use his contacts to help “identify investment opportunities for Ye’s company CEFC China Energy,” and afterwards YE gave HUNTER a 2.8-carat diamond.

According to HSGAC’s Confidential Document 9, YE and his associate Dong Gongwen, applied to a bank and opened credit lines for a business named Hudson West III LLC, giving HUNTER, his brother James (and James’ wife Sarah Biden), credit cards which the Bidens used to buy extravagant items.

The HSGAC report details a series of transfers and transactions worth millions of US dollars between CEFC, Hudson West and the Bidens.

This – 11 years after HUNTER and James denied selling their political connections to foreigners for personal gain.

In March 2018, YE was detained and put under investigation on suspicion of economic crimes. CEFC was then declared bankrupt in March 2020 alleged to have faked deals and bribed foreign governments for oil rights.

Some of these were facilitated by Patrick Ho, CPPCC member and the former Hong Kong Secretary for Home Affairs in Tung’s administration.

On November 18, 2017, Ho was arrested at the John F. Kennedy International Airport on bribery and money-laundering charges, and called HUNTER for legal assistance.

HUNTER later told The New Yorker that he doesn’t see Ye as a “shady character at all,” and he characterized the outcome as “bad luck.”

The report's conclusion:

Whether he understands it or not, it is apparent that HUNTER has been compromised by Chinese intelligence, who most likely have detailed files on HUNTER’s time spent in China, encompassing his personal meetings and any other activities.

Furthermore, YE is associated with the PLA’s General Political Department, which directly opposes the US military in Asia, creating a serious conflict of interest for his father BIDEN.

Putting it all together, the report concludes that the Chinese influence operation targeting Biden and Heinz, the two most important people in US foreign policy under the Obama administration, and their children can now be tied between a small group of organizations and individuals.

Dating back to Biden’s time in the Senate meeting with Yang, this was never from the Chinese perspective anything less than an official influence operation.

Everything surrounding HUNTER took place with official Chinese organizations known to engage in and tasked with influence operations.

Related: FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

Of course, in exchange for funneling tens of millions to Hunter (and, indirectly according to recent allegations, his father), China also got something: this:

Over time BIDEN’s approach to China changed significantly.

Under the Clinton and early part of the Bush administrations he could be considered moderately hawkish on China. However, during his time in the Obama administration as one of the key people tasked with China policy, his views became very dovish.

Interestingly, BIDEN repeatedly is using preferred CCP language in describing approaches to relations or specific issues.

The CCPIT specifically works with businessmen to convince their home governments it is in their best interest to avoid damaging measures such as sanctions to China.

Other organizations mentioned work specifically to engage in elite capture or influence politicians or governments.

The presence of all these institutions collectively strongly imply this was an influence operation by the Chinese state and whether directly or indirectly, BIDEN shifted his view from hawkish to dovish after HUNTER began receiving entrée into Chinese elite political and financial institutions.

Finally, going back to Chris Balding who originally published the report, here is his own brief summary of everything laid out in the 64 page report:

Beginning just before Joe Biden's ascendancy to the Vice Presidency, Hunter Biden was travelling to Beijing meeting with Chinese financial institutions and political figures would ultimately become his investors. 

Finalized in 2013, the investment partnership included money from the Chinese government, social security, and major state-owned banks a veritable who’s who of Chinese state finance.

It is not simply the state money that should cause concern but the structures and deals that took place. Most investment in specific projects came from state owned entities and flowed into state backed projects or enterprises.

Even the deals speak to the worst of cronyism. The Hunter Biden investment firm share of a copper mine in the Congo was guaranteed with assets put at risk by the larger copper company to ensure deal flow to Hunter’s firm.

In another instance, Bank of China working on an IPO in Hong Kong gave its share allocation to the BHR investment partnership.

They were able to do this because even though the Hunter Biden firm completed no notable work on the IPO, it is counted as a subsidiary of the Bank of China.

The Hunter Biden Chinese investment partnership is literally invested in by the Chinese state and a subsidiary of the Bank of China owned by the Chinese Ministry of Finance.

The entire arrangement speaks to Chinese state interests. Meetings were held at locations that in China speak to the welcoming of foreign dignitaries or state to state relations.

The Chinese organizations surrounding Hunter Biden are known intelligence and influence operatives to the United States government.

The innocuous names like Chinese People’s Institute for Foreign Affairs exist to “…carry out government-directed policies and cooperative initiatives with influential foreigners without being perceived as a formal part of the Chinese government.”

Interestingly the CPIFA is under the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs. When the investment partnership was struck in 2013, the Minister of Foreign Affairs was Yang Jiechi.

Yang would have been very familiar with Hunter Biden from his days in Washington as the Chinese Ambassador to the United States from 2001 to 2005 during which he met regularly with Joe Biden chairing the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Today the same individual who oversaw institutions helping shepherd Hunter’s investment partnership as the Minister of Foreign Affairs is Xi Jinping’s right hand man on foreign affairs and member of the powerful Politburo.

Most worrying is the financial leverage this gives the Chinese state over a direct member of the Biden family

Despite the widely reported $1-1.5 billion of investment the reality is likely much higher. A co-founder of the investment firm reports the total assets under management as $6.5 billion. 

While this number cannot be completely replicated, given that two deal alone were worth in excess of $1.6 billion this number is not unrealistic at all. 

A 2% annual fee on assets under management would generate $130 million annually. Add in the 20% fee on capital gains the firm would recognize and it is not difficult to see Hunter’s stake being worth in excess of $50 million.

According to Hunter’s attorney, he did not invest his $400,000 in the company until 2017. Even assuming the veracity of this statement, this raises a major problem.

Founded in 2013, the firm had large amounts of revenue and assets under management by 2017. In other words, his $400,000 stake would have already been worth far more than what he paid for it.

This paltry $400,000 investment worth more than $50 million now would have realized a gain of more than 12,400% in three years.

The difficulty in eluding these concerns is their documentability by anyone who cares to look

There is no potential for hacking because it is all public record in China. Any journalist who wishes to look can go review IPO prospectuses, news reports, or corporate records.

There is no secret method for discovering this data other than actually looking.

There is simply no way to avoid the reality that Hunter Biden was granted a 10% stake worth far in excess of what he paid for a firm that is literally operated and owned by the Chinese state.

I did not vote for Donald Trump in 2016 and have significant concerns about his policies in areas like immigration.

Having lived in China for nine years throughout the Xi regimes construction of concentration camps and having witnessed first hand their use of influence and intelligence operations, the Biden links worry me profoundly.

Whether Joe Biden personally knew the details, a very untenable position, it is simply political malpractice to not be aware of the details of these financial arrangements.

These documentable financial links simply cannot be wished away.

And this is why Beijing is desperate to get Joe Biden - whose son got extremely wealthy thanks to China's influence peddling operation for the past a decade- into the White House.

You can read the full PDF report here.

Related Articles:

Chinese whistleblower reveals Hunter Biden “sex tapes” contain video of Joe Biden’s son sexually ABUSING multiple under-age Chinese teens

Damning emails to Hunter Biden from Burisma exec indicate he sought assistance to “close down” corruption investigations

FBI continuing to play the role of deep state guardian by covering for Joe and Hunter Biden in latest bid to harm Trump

Trump Did Not Ask AG Barr to Launch Probe Against Bidens, White House Press Secretary Says

DOJ Antitrust Lawsuit Against Google Draws Bipartisan Praise

Trump Administration, 11 States, Launch Antitrust Lawsuit Against Search Behemoth Google

Trump Urges AG Barr to ‘Act Fast’ to Probe Hunter Biden Business Dealings

Debate Post-Mortem: "Malarkey" Takes On "401K's In Hell" In Informative But Firework-Free Spectacle

Joe Biden Calls NY Post Story About Son Hunter ‘Another Smear Campaign’

Pence Calls On Joe Biden to Come Forward With Answers on Hunter Biden Scandal

Bannon: Trump Should Revoke Joe Biden’s Security Clearance, Hunter’s Emails Make Him National Security Risk

White House Chief of Staff Warns of a Potential Lawsuit Against Tech Giants

Senators Grassley and Johnson Criticize Mainstream Media, Big Tech for Censoring Biden Email Scandal

Rudy Giuliani Turns Over Alleged Photos Of Underage Girls From Hunter's Hard Drive To Delaware Police

Hunter Biden Witness Moved From Prison Cell After Exposing Influence-Peddling Operation

Antitrust Case Against Google Is Strong, Experts Say

Democrats and Media Claim Hunter Biden Stories Are Russian ‘False Narrative’

Hunter Biden Under Scrutiny for Business Deals With Chinese Exec With Links to Military

FBI continuing to play the role of deep state guardian by covering for Joe and Hunter Biden in latest bid to harm Trump

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Truth About Addiction And Recovery
July 9 2024 | From: Peele / Various

A radical new approach to recovery - using methods proven more effective than medical treatment or twelve-step programs.

Related: US Attorney General Finally Admits Weed Isn’t A Gateway Drug - Prescription Pills Are + Study Proves Medical Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals

Drawing on the latest research and detailed case studies, the authors expose the best-kept secrets in the recovery field:

Addictions - whether to food, cigarettes, sex, alcohol, or drugs - are not diseases, and they’re not necessarily lifelong problems.

Many more people give up addictions on their own than are helped by medical treatment or twelve-step programs.

Developing values, skills, and life resources enables people to quit addictions - and to shed the addict identity altogether.

In their revolutionary “Life Process Program” for overcoming all kinds of addictions, the authors emphasize self-help and treatment through coping with stress and achieving one’s goals. As helpful as it is controversial, The Truth About Addiction and Recovery will forever change the way we view and treat addiction.

“A classic.” -
John Norcross, PhD, ABPP, Distinguished Professor of Psychology at the University of Scranton and author of Changing for Good


What causes addiction? Easy, right? Drugs cause addiction. But maybe it is not that simple.

Related: Why People Get Addicted To Drugs (Or Other Things)

This video is adapted from Johann Hari's New York Times best-selling book 'Chasing The Scream: The First and Last Days of the War on Drugs.'

For more information, and to take a quiz to see what you know about addiction, visit chasingthescream.com

An interactive version of this video click here.

Why It Doesn’t Make Sense To Call Addiction A “Disease”

We frequently hear from people who say: “I drink too much sometimes, but I don’t think I’m an alcoholic. And I don’t want to stand up and talk about myself in front of a group. Is there any other way I can change the way I drink?”

“I’m overweight, but I understand that people are born to be fat and there’s not much you can do about it. I know I’ve tried to lose weight a million times and failed. Does this mean I’m doomed to be overweight?”

“I saw an ad saying the only way to lick your addiction to nicotine is by going to a doctor. Is that really true? Don’t people ever quit smoking on their own?”

“My father was an alcoholic. Does that mean I’m likely to become an alcoholic myself? Should I play it safe and quit drinking altogether? A friend of mine joined a ‘Children of Alcoholics’ group, even though she’s never even been drunk. Should I join such a group? And what about my kids?”

“My son was caught smoking marijuana. Now I’m told that, unless I place him in an expensive residential treatment program, he could escalate his drug use and die. I don’t have the money for this but, of course, if I have to save his life I’ll mortgage the house!”

People are much concerned about bad habits (which sometimes reach life-consuming proportions) that they’d like to do something about-drinking, smoking, overeating, taking drugs, gambling, overspending, or even compulsive romancing.

We hear more and more that every one of these things is a disease, and that we must go to treatment centers or join twelve-step support groups like Alcoholics Anonymous in order to change any of these behaviors.

Apparently the 12 step plan concept was taken from the Satanic Bible

Is there really no other way to change a powerful habit than to enter treatment for a disease? Do personal initiative, willpower, or just maturing and developing a more rewarding life have anything to do with people’s ability to overcome addictive habits?

As children, as spouses, as parents, as employers, as consumers, and as citizens we must struggle to understand and master the destructive potential of drugs, alcohol, and related addictions.

The kinds of questions so many people face today include: What do we do if we discover our children are smoking marijuana, or worse? Should we put them in a treatment center that will teach them they are chemically dependent for life?

How can we tell if co-workers, employees, and friends are secretly addicts or alcoholics? What is the most appropriate way to react to people who drink too much or do anything that harms themselves and others?

Click on the image above to open a larger versioj in a new window

Related: Addiction Is Not Addictive

Furthermore, as a society, how should we deal with these problems? Are our incessant wars on drugs really going to have the positive impact the generals in these wars always claim? Or is there some more sensible or direct way to reduce the damage people do to themselves through their uncontrollable habits?

Rather than arrest drug users, can we treat addicts so that they stop using drugs? And if we expand the treatment for all the addictions we have seen - like shopping and smoking and overeating and sexual behavior - who will pay for all this treatment?

Finally, does addiction diminish people’s judgment so that they can’t be held accountable for their behavior, or for crimes and financial excesses they commit while addicted?

This book is for those concerned with such questions. But what you will read here is not the same as what you see and hear in newspapers and magazines, on television, in addiction treatment centers, in twelve-step groups, and in most physicians’ and therapists’ offices or what your children are learning in school.

Related: US govt. suppressing herb that can protect your liver from alcohol damage: NTX

For in its desperate search for a way out of the convulsions caused by drug abuse and addiction, our society has seized upon a simple, seductive, but false answer that this book disputes. What we say is, indeed, so different from most things you hear that we have provided extensive documentation at the back of the book.

The simple but incorrect answer we constantly hear is expressed by the familiar statement, “Alcoholism is a disease.” In other words, we can treat away these problems in a medical setting.

This viewpoint has proved so appealing that it has been adopted by professional organizations and government agencies as well as by groups like Alcoholics Anonymous. And now the “disease” label is applied not only to alcoholism, drug addiction, cigarette smoking, and overeating, but also to gambling, compulsive shopping, desperate romantic attachments, and even committing rape or killing one’s newborn child!

A.A.’s image of “powerlessness over alcohol” is being extended to everything that people feel they are unable to resist or control.

Related: Loneliness More Hazardous To Your Health Than Obesity Or Smoking

But what lies behind the claim that alcoholism and other addictions are diseases? How accurate is it? What evidence supports it? Most important, what good does it do us to believe it? Will it really help you or someone you care about to overcome an addiction?

This book will show that the answer is no - that, in fact, it may do more harm than good. What’s wrong with calling a tenacious and destructive habit a disease?

Three things:

1. It isn’t true.

2. It doesn’t help most people (even those it does help might succeed just as well in a less costly, less limiting way).

3. It prevents us from doing things that really would help.

In this chapter we will summarize what the disease model says, why it is wrong, and why it is harmful. As you will see, there is no good reason to label yourself or people you know as forever marked by an addictive “disease.” Challenging this useless folklore is the first step toward understanding addiction and doing something about it.

Visit: lifeprocessprogram.com

Then we will present an alternative way of thinking about and dealing with addiction called the Life Process Program. The accompanying table previews the major differences between the Life Process Program and the disease model of addiction.

Myths Versus Reality

To highlight some of the surprising facts we will reveal, here are some common beliefs about various addictions:

A person needs medical treatment or a program like Smokenders to quit smoking.

Attending Alcoholics Anonymous meetings is the most effective way for alcoholics to stop drinking.

Nearly all regular cocaine users become addicted.

Very few people who have a drinking problem can ever drink in a normal, controlled manner.

Drunk drivers who undergo treatment for alcoholism are less likely to repeat the offense than those who receive normal judicial penalties such as license suspension.

Most people with an alcoholic parent become alcoholics themselves.

Most people who are binge drinkers in their twenties go on to become alcoholics.

Most of the American soldiers who were addicted to heroin in Vietnam remained addicted or became addicted again after they returned home.

The fact that alcoholism runs in families means that it is an inherited disease.

Fat children, because they have inherited their obesity, are more likely to be fat in later life than are people who become fat as adults.

Actually, the best scientific evidence available today indicates that none of these statements is true. Such specific misconceptions grow out of a foundation of false assumptions about the nature of addiction generally.

Ten Assumptions that Distinguish the Life Process Program from the Disease Model



1. Addiction is inbred and biological. 1. Addiction is a way of coping with yourself and your world.
2. The solution is medical treatment and membership in spiritual groups such as A.A. 2. The solution requires self-awareness, new coping skills, and changing your environment.
3. Addiction is all-or-nothing; you are or you aren’t an addict. 3. Addiction is a continuum; your behavior is more or less addicted.
4. Addiction is permanent and you can relapse at any moment. 4. Addiction can be outgrown.
5. Addicts are “in denial” and must be forced to acknowledge they have a disease. 5. You should identify problems and solutions in ways that work for you.
6. The recovering addict / alcoholic is the expert on addiction. 6. Those without an addiction problem are the best models.
7. Addiction is a “primary” disease. 7. Addiction stems from other life problems you have.
8. Your main associates must be other recovering addicts. 8. You should associate with a normal range of people.
9. You must accept the disease philosophy to recover. 9. Getting better is not a matter of believing a dogma.
10. Surrendering to a higher power is the key to recovery. 10. You must develop your own power to get better.

Related: Stop the Madness: Coming off Psych Meds

What Is the Disease Model of Addiction?

At first, it seems hard to understand what is meant by saying that something a person regularly does (such as· drinking alcohol) is a disease.

Habitual, voluntary behavior of this sort does not resemble what we normally think of as a disease, like cancer or diabetes. What is more, A.A. - and even hospital programs for alcoholism -
don’t actually treat any biological causes of alcoholism.

After all the claims we have heard in the past decade about biological discoveries concerning alcoholism, not one of these findings has been translated into a usable treatment. Instead, the same group discussions and exhortations that have been used for the last fifty years are employed in hospital programs.

Nor is any biological method used to determine whether someone is an alcoholic other than by assessing how much that person drinks and the consequences of this drinking.

Related: Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes
Feelings Of Well-Being, According To New Study

And if we have no special biological information about treating or identifying alcoholism, we surely know nothing about the biological causes of “diseases” such as compulsive gambling, shopping, and loving, which have nothing to do with drugs or alcohol.

There is, however, a standard way those who claim addiction is a disease describe addictive diseases. This description has been developed by groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous, by the medical profession, and by various popularizers of the idea that alcoholism is a disease.

What they say is in every regard wrong

When they tell you that you have the “disease” of alcoholism, “chemical dependency,” obesity, compulsive shopping, or whatever, this is what they mean:

The basis of the disease is inbred and/or biological. There is no need to look for the causes of the disease in your personal problems, the people you spend time with, the situations you find yourself in, or your ethnic or cultural background. Addiction is bred into you from birth or early childhood. Your current experience of life has nothing to do with it; nothing you can do makes you either more or less likely to become addicted.

It involves complete loss of control over your behavior. Once involved in your addiction, you are utterly at its mercy. You cannot choose whether, or how much, to lose yourself in the involvement. No matter how costly it may be in a given situation, you will go all the way. You cannot make reasonable, responsible choices about something to which you are addicted.

Addictions are forever. An addictive disease is like diabetes - it stays with you as long as you live. The mysterious bodily or psychic deficiency that lies at the root of addiction can never be remedied, and you can never safely expose yourself to the substance to which you were addicted. Once an addict, always an addict.

It inevitably expands until it takes over and destroys your life. “Irreversible progression” is a hallmark of addictive diseases as they are conceived today. The addiction grows and grows until it devours you, like AIDS or cancer. No rewards, no punishments, not even the most momentous developments in your life can stay its course, unless you completely swear off the addictive substance or activity.

If you say you don’t have it, that’s when they really know you have it. According to this “Catch22” of the disease theory, anyone suspected of having an addictive disease who insists that he or she doesn’t have the disease is guilty of the added offense of “denial.” In this way, the “disease” label is like a web that traps a person more firmly the harder the person fights to get out of it.

It requires medical and/or “spiritual” treatment. Thinking you can cure your addiction through willpower, changes in your life circumstances, or personal growth is a delusion (like denial), according to disease-theory proponents. Addiction is a disease of the body that can be controlled only by never-ending medical treatments.

It is also a disease of the soul requiring lifetime membership in a support group like Alcoholics Anonymous. Why supposed medical treatment consists mainly of going to group meetings and why people can’t develop their own spiritual approaches to life if they choose are questions disease theory adherents ignore.

Your kids are going to get it, too. Since addiction is an inherited disease, the children of addicts are considered at high risk for developing the same disease - no matter what you or they do or how careful you are. Logical deductions from this viewpoint are that you should have your kids tested for their genetic predisposition to alcoholism or addiction before they start school, or that you should simply teach them never to touch a drop of alcohol or expose themselves to whatever your addiction is.

Obviously, this approach presents special difficulties in dealing with addictions to eating, shopping, and making love. Where did these notions come from - notions that, when examined in the clear light of day, often seem quite bizarre and contrary to common experience?

The disease theory takes a set of precepts that were made up by and about a small group of severe, long-term alcoholics in the 1930s and applies them inappropriately to people with a wide range of drinking and other life problems. The original members of Alcoholics Anonymous, realizing they would soon die if they did not give up alcohol, adopted wholesale the dogma of the nineteenth century temperance movement.

The one major difference was that the A.A. members said drinking was a disease only for them, and not for everyone who drank - therefore not everyone needed to eschew “demon rum,” as temperance advocates had insisted.

Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient
Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Niacin for Treatment of Depression & Alcoholism

When he co-founded Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) to offer a support group for those addicted to alcohol, Bill Wilson made the first major advance in addressing alcoholism.

A fact which is less well-known is that Bill Wilson also made the second major advance when he became aware of, and later promoted the use of niacin vitamin B3 as a treatment for chronic drinkers.

Orthomolecular Medicine and Alcoholism

Even as Alcoholics Anonymous slowly expanded, many of Bill Wilson's personal and financial problems lingered, especially his depression.

Canadian biochemist Dr. Abram Hoffer, M.D., Ph.D., a psychiatrist and physician, writes: "I met Bill in New York in 1960. Humphry Osmond and I introduced him to the concept of megavitamin therapy. Bill was very curious about it and began to take niacin, 3,000 mg daily. Within a few weeks fatigue and depression which had plagued him for years were gone."

Dr. Hoffer, in his foreword to the book "Alcoholism: The Cause and The Cure", describes how he and Bill Wilson investigated together the effect of Niacin vitamin B3 on alcoholics.

Dr Hoffer writes: “Bill understood it first hand, for even though he had been abstinent for many years, he was still unwell. He suffered from immense anxiety, tension, and fatigue, but was able to function in spite of what might have been disabling.

After taking 3 grams of niacin daily for two weeks, his symptoms vanished and he remained free of addiction. This was a peak experience that he never forgot. He became determined to give as many AA members as possible the benefit of the same healing vitamin,”.

Dr. Hoffer further writes: “Without telling me that he was doing so, Bill conducted a trial of niacin on 30 friends and colleagues in New York. Most of them were very productive and sober members of AA, but they all suffered from the common mind and mood afflictions that people formerly addicted to alcohol experience, even when they are not drinking.

After three months he showed me his data. After one month, ten of the subjects were well. After the second month another ten had recovered, and the remaining one-third had shown no improvement after the third month. By this time I had also treated a number of people addicted to alcohol and had seen similar recoveries.”

Beyond AA Meetings

Between 1960 and his death in 1971, Bill Wilson shared this information with physician members of AA in a series of 3 brochures, Communications to Alcoholics Anonymous.

Bill’s findings were unfortunately dismissed by the AA’s International Board, because he was not an "M.D." and the fact that Alcoholics Anonymous is a social support structure, not a medical treatment provider.

Related: DEA Just Banned a Natural Plant that Can Cure Opioid Addiction - Proving Loyalty to Big Pharma

The A.A. model has struck a responsive chord among Americans. Obviously, with the rejection of Prohibition, the United States had decided against a national policy that everyone should abstain from drinking.

Yet Westernn society continues even today to show a deep unease about alcohol and about intoxication, which many people seek even while fearing its disturbing effects.

Given this national ambivalence, we have been drawn to the “old-time religion” of temperance, as represented by A.A., now cloaked in the modern language of medicine and the neurosciences.

Related: Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And
Engineered “Thought Loops”

But, as this book will make clear, the operative assumptions about addiction have never arisen directly from biological sciences. Rather, they have been superimposed on scientific research, much of which directly contradicts the assumptions of the disease theory.

Why the Disease Model Is Wrong

Every major tenet of the “disease” view of addiction is refuted both by scientific research and by everyday observation.

This is true even for alcoholism and drug addiction, let alone the many other behaviors that plainly have little to do with biology and medicine.

No biological or genetic mechanisms have been identified that account for addictive behavior.

Even for alcoholism, as the following chapter will show, the evidence for genetic inheritance is unconvincing. By now, probably every well-informed reader has heard announcements that scientists have discovered a gene that causes alcoholism.

Related: Everything We Think We Know About Addiction Is Wrong

In fact, as one of us wrote in The Atlantic, this is far from the case, and the study that prompted these claims has already been refuted by another study in the same journal.

Moreover, if a gene were found to influence alcoholism, would the same gene cause drug addiction?

Would it be related to smoking? Would it also cause compulsive gambling and overeating? If so, this would mean that everyone with any of these addictions has this genetic inheritance.

Indeed, given the ubiquity of the problems described, the person without this inheritance would seem to be the notable exception.

How could an addiction like smoking be genetic? Why are some types of people more likely to smoke than others (about half of waitresses and car salesmen smoke, compared with about a tenth of lawyers and doctors)?

And does believing that an addiction like smoking is genetic help the person quit (are all those smokers who quit not “genetically” addicted)?

Returning to alcohol, are people really predestined biologically to become alcoholics and thus to become A.A. members? Think about the rock group Aerosmith: all five members of this group now belong to A.A., just as they once all drank and took drugs together.

How unlikely a coincidence it is that five unrelated people with the alcoholic / addictive inheritance should run into one another and form a band!

The idea that genes make you become alcoholic cannot possibly help us understand how people develop drinking problems over years, why they choose on so many occasions to go out drinking, how they become members of heavy-drinking groups, and how drinkers are so influenced by the circumstances of their lives.

Genes may make a person unusually sensitive to the physiological effects of alcohol; a person can find drinking extremely relaxing or enjoyable; but this says nothing about how the person drinks over the course of a lifetime.

After all, some people say, “I never have more than one or two drinks at a time, because alcohol goes straight to my head.”

Related: How To Effectively Manage Social Anxiety

As we document here and in the following chapter, we can actually predict the likelihood of people’s becoming addicted far more reliably from their nationality and social class, from the social groups they join, and from their beliefs and expectations about alcohol or drugs (or other activities), than from their biological makeup.

Often, people who become addicted set themselves up by investing a substance or an experience with magical powers to transform their beings (“Getting drunk is great”; “When I drink I’m really at ease”; “Drinking makes me attractive to people of the opposite sex”).

It is simply not within the chemical properties of alcohol or a drug, or the experience of an activity like shopping, to offer people what they want and seek from an addiction.

People find this in an addiction when they believe they can’t achieve the feelings they need in ordinary ways. Clearly, attitudes, values, and the opportunities available in a person’s environment have much to do with whether the person has a significant risk for a particular addiction.

People do not necessarily lose control of themselves whenever they are exposed to the object of their addiction.

On the contrary, many practice their addictions quite selectively. For example, military and religious personnel are often deprived of tobacco during training or on retreats, and business people realize they can’t smoke in certain rooms.

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing,
Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?

Orthodox Jews who smoke heavily abstain from smoking on the Sabbath, showing that their religious values mean more to them than nicotine does. Alcoholics in experiments routinely control their drinking when it is in their interest to do so - say, when they must leave a cozy room with television and companionship in order to get more to drink.

These variations occur in real life just as they do in the laboratory - for example, when people avoid drugs or cigarettes when they are with people who won’t tolerate those habits. When something they really care about is jeopardized if they continue to drink, smoke, or whatever, most people will stop or cut down accordingly.

Addiction usually does not last a lifetime. “Once an addict, always an addict” is a pessimistic notion that is both wrong and harmful. It leaves people two choices: either you stay constantly addicted and miserable until you die; or you abstain for life while attending group meetings and viewing yourself as the perpetually “recovering” person.

Sadly, a small number of people do die of their addictions; and another group succeeds in quitting drinking, drug taking, or whatever by maintaining the role of the recovering addict.

But most people are more resilient and resourceful than that. Most people who have addictive habits moderate or eliminate these habits over the course of their lives.

And they do it without having to say “I am an alcoholic” or “I am an overeater” or “I am a sex addict” as long as they live.

Remember that, today, a majority of adults who have ever smoked have quit and nearly all did so without treatment.

Progression is not inevitable - it is the exception. If the majority of people give up addictive habits, then the idea of “inevitable progression” doesn’t hold water. Calling addiction a “progressive disease” comes from looking at the few who have progressed to severe addiction and tracing the path by which they got there.

The progression of addictive problems only seems inevitable after the fact. For example, the great majority of college overdrinkers, even those who black out at fraternity parties, become moderate drinkers in middle age.

When you consider that even most of the people who use narcotics and cocaine do not end up addicted, you can see that drug-and-alcohol use patterns are many and varied, even when a person uses a substance abusively for a time.

Treatment is no panacea. Contrary to all the advertising we hear, treatment for addictions is often no more effective than letting addiction and recovery take their natural course.

The vast majority of people who have given up addictions (beginning with more than 90 percent of the forty-four million Americans who have quit smoking have done so on their own.

This does not mean that treatment for addictions cannot work - research has shown that some forms of treatment are effective. But the ones that are more effective are not the ones that have become popular in the United States.

You can outgrow an addictive habit on your own or in therapy, but either way the principles of the Life Process Program are the same.

What about joining support groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous? Here, too, research reveals the opposite of what we have been led to believe.

A.A is a valuable community resource for those who find support in a certain type of religiously oriented group ritual.

But the best we can say about A.A is that it works for those for whom it works. Meanwhile, there are plenty for whom it doesn’t work. There is no scientific evidence that A.A. works better than other approaches when randomly selected alcoholics are assigned to A.A. or other treatments.

In fact, the evidence is that the people who are now often compelled to attend A.A - after being arrested for drunk driving or being sent by a company Employee Assistance Program - do worse than those who are left on their own.

Related: Benzos: A Dance With the Devil

How can we reconcile this finding with the glowing testimonials we hear about A.A.? The people we see in A.A. are the ones who like it, find it helpful, and stick it out. But there are many others who don’t go to A.A. or who don’t like it and drop out.

And as we show below, those who seriously try to stop drinking on their own are more likely to maintain their abstinence than those who attend A.A.

In addition, since many more people try to quit on their own than through therapy or joining a group, the number of self-curers is triple or more the number of successful treatment or A.A cases.

But such self-curers are not very visible, because they are individuals without an organized group to publicize their success.

These, then, are the key fallacies of the popularly held view of addiction. Even generally well-informed people may be astonished that we contradict such widely held beliefs. All of our refutations of conventional wisdom are carefully documented in the notes at the back of the book.

But you don’t need to read scholarly articles and scientific reports to test the accuracy of what we say. Just check it out against your own experience and observation. Don’t you know anyone who used to drink excessively, at times uncontrollably, but who no longer drinks at all or now drinks in a normal, appropriate manner?

Related: The Spiritual Consequences Of Alcohol Consumption + The Likely Cause Of Addiction Has Been Discovered,
And It Is Not What You Think

Obviously, most people who used to drink excessively but who have now cut back (or even quit) do not attend meetings where they must rise and declare, “I am an alcoholic.”

How many people of all ages do you know who quit smoking? How many of them did it by going through a medical program or joining a support group, and how many finally just decided to quit and made good on that resolve? What happened to all the people you knew who used illegal drugs in college, some quite heavily?

How many of them are “chemically dependent” now? If we simply examine the cases of most of those we are close to personally, we will see how addictions usually do not follow the disease course.

Why the Disease Model Doesn’t Work - Why It Even Does More Harm than Good

The assumption that calling addiction a “disease” actually helps people crumbles when subjected to critical scrutiny. Some people feel comfortable thinking of their addiction as a disease and are able to function better on this basis for a time.

But whatever short-term benefits medical, disease-oriented treatment produces are double-edged even for the individuals who claim it has helped them.

Many of the most “successful” recipients of disease treatment might achieve a real breakthrough by learning to think about addiction differently.

Related: Why Social Isolation Leads to Inflammation

Meanwhile, for the majority of people, the disadvantages of the disease approach clearly outweigh the advantages from the start.

The disadvantages of the disease approach are that it:

Attacks people’s feelings of personal control and can thus become a self-fulfilling prophecy;

Makes mountains out of molehills, since it fails to differentiate between the worst alcoholics and addicts and those with minor substance-use dependence;

tigmatizes people - in their own minds - for life

interrupts normal maturation for the young, for whom this approach is completely inappropriate;

olds up as models for drinking and drug use the people who have shown the least capacity to manage their lives;

solates alcoholism and addiction as problems from the rest of the alcoholic’s or addict’s life;

imits people’s human contacts primarily to other recovering alcoholics or addicts, who only reinforce their preoccupation with drinking and drug use;

ispenses a rigid program of therapy that is founded - in the words of the director of the government’s National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIA.A.A) - “on hunch, not evidence, and not on science,” while attacking more effective therapies.

How can therapy that so many people believe in and swear by actually do more harm than good? To illustrate this point, consider the case of a famous psychiatrist who evaluated his hospital’s alcoholism program - one he felt was among the most outstanding in the world.

This program first detoxified the alcoholic in the hospital, then mandated A.A. attendance, and finally actively followed patients’ progress with an outreach counseling program.

When the psychiatrist running the program, Dr. George Vaillant, evaluated how well his patients were doing two years and eight years after treatment, however, he found they had fared about as well as comparable alcoholics who received no treatment at all!

How could Vaillant have been so wrong as to think his patients were doing phenomenally well, when actually they were doing no better than if he had left them alone completely?

Naturally, he wanted to think it worked. But his research prevented his rose-colored views from distorting the actual results of his treatment.

When he counted all his patients, not just his successes, when he scrutinized and verified what they were telling him in order to see exactly how well they were doing, and when he compared them with alcoholics out on their own instead of just assuming that all these people died without the help of treatment like his, Vaillant found that his expensive hospital treatment was close to useless.

Very few people in the treatment industry or in A.A. are as scrupulous as is Vaillant. When we hear from A.A. boosters, they tell us only about those who have stuck with the program and are currently sober. The same is true of treatment programs. They parade their best stars up front.

We don’t hear about all their failures. Yet Vaillant, in a book that is cited as the major source of support for the benefits of treating alcoholics according to the disease model, concluded as follows:

“If treatment as we currently understand it does not seem more effective than the natural healing processes, then we need to understand those healing processes better.”

Indeed, Vaillant repeats another researcher’s conclusion that “it may be easier for improper treatment to retard recovery than for proper treatment to hasten it.”major source of support for the benefits of treating alcoholics according to the disease model

What are the dangers of this kind of disease treatment? Here are explanations of the disadvantages listed at the beginning of this section:

It sets people up for failure.

All disease treatments emphasize how much out of control “patients” are, and what a delusion it is for them to feel they can exert any control over their addictions. Is it possible that such a message can do more harm than good?

William Miller and Reid Hester, reviewing all the comparative studies on treatment for alcoholism, made a surprising finding: in the only two studies in which alcoholics were randomly assigned either to A.A., to other forms of treatment, or to no treatment, those assigned to A.A. did no better or actually suffered more relapse than those who received other treatment or who weren’t treated at all!

Intrigued by this outcome, one of us wrote George Vaillant and asked him whether subjects he studied who abstained without entering formal treatment did better if they joined A.A. Again, A.A. members were less likely to maintain their abstinence.

Related: Digital Addiction Increases Loneliness, Anxiety And Depression

Why would people be more likely to relapse if they entered A.A. than if they quit drinking on their own? There are several reasons. For one, people who enter A.A. are told they cannot succeed on their own. Therefore, if they should stop attending A.A., many are convinced that they will soon resume alcoholic drinking.

A.A. and disease treatments are especially defeatist in dealing with relapse. Accepting the disease-oriented philosophy of inevitable loss of control thus makes it more likely that the alcoholic will binge if he or she ever has a drink.

Yet, Vaillant found, nearly all alcoholics will drink again at some time.

It makes matters worse than they are. Can attending A.A. or going into addiction treatment really cause people to develop some of their alcoholism symptoms? In his book Becoming Alcoholic, sociologist David Rudy reports on the time he spent observing A.A. meetings.

Rudy found that most people had to learn their role as alcoholics. An important “rite of passage” is the first time members tell their story for the group, beginning by acknowledging, “I am an alcoholic.” In Rudy’s words;

“The alcoholic’s tale “is made up of two parts: a story about how bad it was before A.A. and a story about how good it is now.”

Narcotics anonymous is the drug users version of AA, although is generally accepting of AA members as well

Related: The Truth About Drugs

This presentation is warmly greeted by the member’s sponsor in A.A., and the entire membership responds with enthusiastic acceptance of the convert.

When alcoholics introduce their experiences and symptoms in or treatment, the group or therapist homogenizes them through interpretation and clarification. For example, most people who enter have not had blackouts, which are more typical of long-term alcoholics than of the younger drinkers now flooding into treatment and A.A.

But blackouts are taken as the badge of alcoholism, and according to Rudy, “members learn the importance of blackouts as a behavior that verifies their alcoholism, and an indeterminable number of members who may not have had blackouts report them.” Rudy continues:

"When newcomers to A.A. claim that they cannot remember if they had any blackouts or not, other members use this claim as evidence of the event in question. As one member put it to a newcomer:

The reason you can’t remember is because alcohol fogs your brain. If it fogs your brain now after not drinking for a few days it must have fogged your brain before. See, you must have had blackouts then.”

A large part of alcoholism and drug treatment consists of group meetings where alcoholics or addicts “confront” one another and their problems.

Newcomers who don’t report the correct symptoms are treated with knowing condescension or are actively hazed - sometimes quite abusively - until they “get” and repeat the party line.

When Dwight Gooden entered the alcoholism-andcocaine program at the Smithers Alcoholism Center, he described being assailed by his fellow residents there during the constant group-therapy sessions. “My stories weren’t as good as theirs. . . . They said, ‘C’mon, man, you’re lying.’ They didn’t believe me. . . . I cried a lot before I went to bed at night.”

After he left the Betty Ford Center, Chevy Chase reported that he had often been angry at the counselors, who heckled the residents mercilessly, constantly denigrating them and claiming they had been living worthless lives.

Related: Addictive behavior related to low levels of oxytocin

Does all this sound like good therapy technique? It is simple common sense that belief in your personal value and your own strength is superior to having these things denigrated for getting your life under control.

It stigmatizes people for life. The disease model puts a label on you that you can never outgrow. Once diseased, always diseased. The effects of this defeatist view are especially tragic - and unjust - in the case of people to whom the “disease” label is most inappropriately applied in the first place: teenage binge drinkers, most drunk drivers, “adult children of alcoholics,” recreational drug users discovered through drug tests, and - in areas not involving drugs or alcohol - overweight adolescents or “hyperactive” or “learning-disabled” children.

It brutalizes and brainwashes the young. The largest single age group of people undergoing hospital treatment today for chemical dependency, eating disorders, depression, and so forth is adolescents. A.A. members are also much younger today, on average, than when the fellowship was founded by a group of men with serious, lifelong drinking problems.

Nonetheless, virtually none of these young people meet clinical standards of alcoholism or drug addiction.

Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz
Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Indeed, numerous cases have been identified in which young people have been hospitalized for smoking marijuana or even for being suspected of using drugs.

When one such case was revealed on national television, an unusually forthright consultant for the National Association for Alcoholism Treatment Programs confessed, “I’m afraid this happens far more than people in the field want to admit; it’s something of a scandal.”

Meanwhile, A.A. and Alateen (for teenage children of alcoholics) groups now pervade high-school and college campuses.

What is the impact of treatment that forces teenagers to take on the identity of addicts or alcoholics or children of alcoholics?

Young people are warned that their substance abuse is a permanent trait, even though we have seen that a large majority will outgrow substance-abuse problems as they mature.

Related: Fake Pharma - The Ghosts In A Very Big Machine & If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads

Presenting this message to the young can only prolong or exacerbate their substance abuse, since it denies their own capacity for change and forces them to believe that any substance use for the rest of their lives will lead them back to excess, addiction, and drunkenness.

Young treatment grads who constantly relapse and return to treatment are the norm, as in the cases of Carrie Hamilton, Erinn Cosby, Drew Barrymore, and other young “patients” whose stories are less well publicized.

Of course, the relapses are then attributed to their “disease” and to their failure to heed the treatment’s warning to abstain forever.

These programs fairly frequently involve emotional abuse. Such “treatments” for children include “refusing to allow them to wear street clothes, keeping them in isolation for prolonged periods, or forcing them to wear self-derogatory signs, engage in other humiliation rituals . . . , or submit to intense and prolonged group confrontation” all of which, psychologists believe, “may destroy the youngsters’ already fragile self-esteem.”

When we describe these experiences, treatment specialists often argue in response, “Well, what if the kids would end up dead if we didn’t do this to them?” In other words, to object to these programs is likened to promoting intoxication leading to death.

Related: Empathy Is Killed By Popular Painkiller Found In 600 Different Drugs

Certainly, it is crucial to prevent children from harming themselves, and it can be worthwhile to remove children from a problem home, whether through a residential program or a visit to a sympathetic relative.

But brainwashing, emotional blackmail, denigration, and psychological torture never work, except to make people so unsure of who they are or what they value that they will temporarily consent to the demands of those in charge.

Worst of all, therapies that were devised for the most incorrigible children - though they don’t benefit even these unfortunate kids have been spreading down the ladder to more and more children whose behavior represents typical adolescent exploration and insubordination.

Parents are then confronted over whether they want to “save” their kids or allow them to die, as though the latter were the normal outcome of adolescence. The threat of their children’s dying is then used as emotional blackmail to make parents accept the sacrifices necessary to place their children in expensive residential treatment programs.

It presents the alcoholic or addict as someone to emulate. Prominent graduates of treatment programs, like Drew Barrymore, Betty Ford, Kitty Dukakis, and a host of athletes now lecture to others about chemical dependency.

If alcoholics and drug abusers suffer from a disease and are now recovering, then they can educate others about the disease and even about how young people should live and behave.

If, on the other hand, we think of them as people who are tremendously poor at self-management, then it is indeed stupid for the rest of us, who have not been seriously addicted, to ask them for advice and information.

Someone like former football star Bob Hayes explains that he took and sold drugs as a result of an inherited disease.

One reviewer’s reaction to Hayes’s book, Run, Bullet, Run, could stand for any and all of these confessional tracts: “Aside from a brief closing statement on personal responsibility, he self-servingly portrays himself as a victim throughout the book.”

Alcoholics and addicts like Hayes regularly come into schools to relay their tortured drinking experiences and to reiterate that alcohol is a dangerous drug. But nearly every child in these schools will drink.

It is as though the schools wished to undermine children’s sense of self-control and to attack their chances of becoming normal drinkers, which in most cases their “nonexpert” parents are.

In treatment itself, “recovering” addicts and alcoholics counsel the drug or alcohol abuser - who usually has not drunk as destructively and hurt himself or herself as much as the counselors!

In all types of twelve-step groups, the most severely debilitated person tends to become the leader and model for others, so that the most out-of-control shopping addict tells others about the nature of their problems.

Who should be counseling whom? In the case of drug abuse, a number of reviews have found that informational and scare lectures by recovering addicts produce the worst results of all prevention programs. These programs have never yet been found to reduce drug use; on the contrary, several studies have found increased drug use in their aftermath.

It ignores the rest of the person’s problems in favor of blaming them all on the addiction.

When someone like Carrie Hamilton lectures about her youthful drug abuse and delinquency (often alongside her mother, Carol Burnett), she makes drug abuse and family failures sound like mysterious, unavoidable illnesses that some people and their parents “have.”

Of course, this excuses her and her mother from dealing with painful problems they would prefer to avoid.

But by adopting the disease identity as her protection through the rest of her life, the youthful convert guarantees that she cannot grow beyond the limitations of her adolescent family life.

Can people hope for more than this?

When treatment views alcoholics as being victims of a different body chemistry that forces them to become alcoholics, the treatment process ignores the person’s life problems and the functions drinking serves for the alcoholic.

Related: Feds try to suppress herbal molecule that makes your liver nearly 'bulletproof' against alcohol damage

For example, in family therapy where the alcoholic’s drinking is addressed as simply the result of a disease, the therapist and the family are not able to understand that some people use alcohol to air feelings they cannot express when sober.

Ignoring dynamics like these leaves the drinker unable to cope with the things that led him or her to need to drink - such as doubts about self-worth, a difficult relationship with a spouse, roles (such as homosexuality) that create conflict for the person, and so on.

If the labeling of alcoholism as a disease provides welcome relief from the shame of overdrinking. it also prevents people from confronting the emotional tasks they need to accomplish to attain personal wholeness.

It traps people in a world inhabited by fellow disease-sufferers. Many “recovering” people report that they feel comfortable only with others in exactly the same plight. They find they can’t create intimacy outside of treatment and that they are driven constantly to talk about their alcoholism or addiction.

This is a frequent hang-up for recovering alcoholics who attend A.A. meetings so religiously that they can’t maintain a life outside of the group. The phenomenon of compulsive therapy attendance has made many people ask us, “Is there such a thing as addiction to treatment?”

Indeed there is, when people rely on a twelve step group or therapy to the point where it disables them from conducting outside relationships and activities.

One of us has treated a number of A.A. members or treatment graduates who now fear they can’t deal with normal society. One man, who was regularly asked to head his local A.A. group, had dated a series of women he met at A.A. Unfortunately, all of these relationships had ended in bitterness and mutual recriminations.

But when he tried to date outside the group, he discovered that nonalcoholic women found him overbearing and compulsive.

“I don’t want to be limited for the rest of my life to dealing with alkies - I’d like to think I can advance beyond that; “
he plaintively told us.

This man felt that dealing exclusively with alcoholics was debilitating him, and yet he couldn’t escape A.A.

It excludes other approaches, many of which are more successful. Even if one accepts that many A.A. members are happy and successful, it is simply absurd to discourage people from trying to recover without A.A. The National Council on Alcoholism and Drug Dependence (NCADD) frequently announces statistics about the continually rising costs of alcoholism and the increasing number of alcoholics in our society.

But, then, the NCADD is capable only of calling for more of the standard approach to treating alcoholism that has accompanied these increases, while discouraging all alternative approaches.

Why should things improve all of a sudden if we simply do more of the same? The A.A. approach to people’s drinking problems has shown conclusively that it cannot make a decisive difference for most active problem drinkers, since there are very few alcoholics who aren’t already aware of - or who haven’t already attended - A.A.

Meanwhile, greater numbers of people are being forced to enter private treatment centers and A.A. as a result of court orders, Employee Assistance Programs, or school counseling programs.

Despite the almost universal belief that compelling people to attend standard treatment programs is helpful, these programs regularly demonstrate they are no more effective than self-initiated programs for curing addictions.

Psychologists William Miller and Reid Hester, reviewing all the comparative studies on treatment for alcoholism, made a surprising finding:

“Virtually all of them [the standard treatments] lacked adequate scientific evidence of effectiveness.”

At the same time, they discovered, the “treatment approaches most clearly supported as effective... were very rarely used in American treatment programs.”

What don’t really work in the long run are the conversion-experience type treatments; what do work are therapies that teach people skills at self-management and coping.

Nonetheless, most American treatment personnel seem hell-bent on eliminating any other treatment for alcoholism besides twelve-step programs. In the United States, discredited disease-treatment programs - ones that NIAAA Director Enoch Gordis believes may be “frequently useless and wasteful and sometimes dangerous” - proliferate and spread into whole new areas of behavior.

This issue is important because the United States spends more money on health care than any other country - and the percentage of our gross national product that we spend on health care is growing faster than that in any other country.

Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

The fastest-growing component of the health-care system is substance abuse and related mental-health treatments. According to a hospital trade publication;

“Psychiatric, chemical dependency and rehabilitative hospital care - all largely unregulated by government payment mechanisms - are booming.”

This is one reason so many companies are being forced to cut insurance benefits or are asking employees to pay a greater share. What if your insurance rates were raised to pay for a fellow employee who was undergoing a repeat treatment for cocaine addiction, since he had relapsed one or more times?

How would you feel about sharing the bill for a colleague who entered an expensive hospital eating-disorders clinic?

Do you think that smokers who want to quit should enter treatment programs and be excused from work, with pay, while they concentrate on quitting? And, especially, how would you react if you had quit smoking on your own?

It is morally and economically necessary for us to evaluate the effectiveness of alcoholism and other addiction treatments. For we are wasting limited health-care resources to place people in expensive treatments - treatments that have not shown they do more than inexpensive, straightforward skills counseling or than people accomplish on their own - often more reliably!

Kitty Dukakis: “Chemical Dependency” Reduced to Absurdity

Kitty Dukakis became the paradigm of the addicted person of the 1990s. Kitty Dukakis has been eager all along to accept the “disease” and “chemically dependent” labels. Advertisements for her autobiography, Now You Know, trumpet the opening line of the book, “I’m Kitty Dukakis and I’m a drug addict and an alcoholic.”

Mrs. Dukakis seemingly has been either addicted or in treatment throughout her adult life. Shortly before she joined her husband in his 1988 presidential campaign, she revealed that she had been treated for a twenty-six-year reliance on diet pills, which she began before she married Michael Dukakis.

Soon after her husband’s defeat in the election, she began to drink herself unconscious and underwent a series of treatments for her alcoholism and for a variety of emotional problems.

That treatment did not succeed. Mrs. Dukakis only began getting drunk after the election, for which she first entered the Edgehill Newport hospital.

But soon after this treatment experience, she began having explosive relapses in which she drank rubbing alcohol, nail polish remover, hair spray, and other commercial products containing alcohol.

Moreover, she discovered during the course of writing her book that she suffers from another disease - manic-depressive disorder - and as a result she ends the book with the revelation that she is receiving lithium treatment.

Previously, Mrs. Dukakis had been prescribed Prozac, a drug featured on the cover of Newsweek in 1990 as a new miracle in the treatment of depression, to no avail.

Mrs. Dukakis appears, in the book and on television, a forlorn being. Indeed, syndicated columnist Ellen Goodman, who had known Mrs. Dukakis, wrote a column entitled “Do Our Drug Treatment Programs Label Patients as Losers?” Ms. Goodman wondered aloud how labeling oneself as sick and without hope is helpful.

“What happens when those who wrestle with problems of self-esteem are required to wear such a label? . . . Today, Kitty Dukakis describes herself by diagnosis. Drug addict. Alcoholic. Manic-depressive.”

Ms. Goodman ended her column by wishing that Kitty Dukakis might see the brighter qualities that others have seen in her, and which seem entirely to have disappeared thanks to her various diagnoses and cures.

It seems clear that excessive drinking is only the tip of Mrs. Dukakis’s problems, and that medical treatment will never get to the bottom of them. Labeling Kitty Dukakis as a “sick” person who needs medical treatment is a palliative for her uncomfortable marital and personal problems.

Reviewers have commented about how insensitive and unaware of her problems Michael Dukakis appeared to be, yet Kitty never reflects on the limitations of her spouse or their relationship.

Somehow, her never-ending disease-oriented treatment fails to raise crucial issues for Mrs. Dukakis about a life and marriage she seems to have found intolerable.

Will Kitty Dukakis be writing another book in which she reveals she has discovered she is suffering from one more dis-ease that of codependence?

Related: The Binge Breaker: Silicon Valley Is Addicting Us To Our Phones

With Kitty Dukakis as a prominent model of the addict/alcoholic, those who look to her life for answers are being fed yet another self-defeating solution. To call Kitty Dukakis’s and her audiences’ problems diseases is to evade reality, much as Mrs. Dukakis used diet pills and alcohol to do.

Whether the pain Mrs. Dukakis and others feel is temporary or persistent, relatively mild or relatively severe, it does not need to rule the rest of their lives. Kitty Dukakis and the rest of us are more than our misery and problems.

Moreover, what troubles her and those like her are life problems, not diseases. And when we have reduced them to life size, we can begin to deal with them reasonably and hopefully.

The Experience of Addiction

The question is: “If addiction isn’t a disease, then what is it?” An addiction is a habitual response and a source of gratification or security.

It is a way of coping with internal feelings and external pressures that provides the addict with predictable gratifications, but that has concomitant costs.

Eventually these costs may outweigh the subjective benefits the addiction offers the individual. Nonetheless, people continue their addictions as long as they believe the addictions continue to do something for them.

It is important to place addictive habits in their proper context, as part of people’s lives, their personalities, their relationships, their environments, their perspectives. The effort to change an addiction will generally affect all these other facets of a person’s life as well.

An addiction may involve any attachment or sensation that grows to such proportions that it damages a person’s life.

Addictions, no matter to what, follow certain common patterns. We first made clear in Love and Addiction that addiction - the single-minded grasping of a magic-seeming object or involvement; the loss of control, perspective, and priorities - is not limited to drug and alcohol addictions.

When a person becomes addicted, it is not to a chemical but to an experience. Anything that a person finds sufficiently consuming and that seems to remedy deficiencies in the person’s life can serve as an addiction.

The addictive potential of a substance or other involvement lies primarily in the meaning it has for a person.

A person is vulnerable to addiction when that person feels a lack of satisfaction in life, an absence of intimacy or strong connections to other people, a lack of self-confidence or compelling interests, or a loss of hope.

Periods such as adolescence, military service, and times of isolation or grief may for a time make people especially susceptible to an addiction.

Related: Sadness: The Problem and The Solution

Under some circumstances, a harmful involvement can become so important to a person that addiction is very likely, as heroin addiction was for many in Vietnam.

Situations in which people are deprived of family and the usual community supports; where they are denied rewarding or constructive activities; where they are afraid, uncomfortable, and under stress; and where they are out of control of their lives - these are situations especially likely to create addiction.

The relationship between hopelessness, lack of opportunity, and persistent addiction is, of course, a template for lives in ghettos. Recognizing the connection between these situational factors and addiction will explain why our wars on drugs, including the latest, never succeed.

The “hook” of the addiction - the thing that keeps people coming back to it - is that it gives people feelings and gratifying sensations that they are not able to get in other ways. It may block out sensations of pain, uncertainty, or discomfort.

It may create powerfully distracting sensations that focus and absorb attention. It may enable a person to forget, or feel “okay” about, insurmountable problems.

Related: American Drug Trafficking Pilot Tells All From Prison

It may provide artificial, temporary feelings of security or calm, of self-worth or accomplishment, of power or control, of intimacy or belonging.

These benefits explain why a person keeps coming back to the addictive experience - an addiction accomplishes something for that person, or the person anticipates that it will do so, however illusory these benefits may actually be.

Addiction, drug abuse, alcoholism, obesity, and smoking all involve and are fueled by value choices. Think of people whose lives are “together” - who enjoy strong emotional bonds with others, productive work, satisfying feelings of competence and of fun, and a sense of responsibility toward others.

Will they become addicted to drugs or alcohol because of some physiological susceptibility and allow the addiction to undo the fabric of their lives? For you personally, can you imagine getting so drunk that you would abuse your infant child? It just doesn’t happen that way.

If you have better things to do and value other things more than escape into intoxication, then you won’t make intoxication the center of your life.

And if you are addicted, you can best overcome it by creating or re-creating those personal strengths and values.

Related: Guide for Addicted Veterans and their Families

Whatever the subjective benefits of an addiction or the values that drive an addiction, the person pays a price for an addictive involvement.

Addictions make people less aware of and less able to respond to other people, events, and activities. Thus, the addictive experience reinforces and exacerbates the problems the person wanted so badly to get away from in the first place.

In the person’s inner, subjective experience, the addiction may make things seem better.

But in the real world, it only makes things worse. With the worst addictions, jobs and relationships fall away; health deteriorates; debts increase; opportunities disappear; the business of life is neglected.

The person is increasingly “out of touch” with nourishing contacts and essential responsibilities.

This growing disengagement from the realities of life sets the person up for the trauma of withdrawal. When the addictive experience is removed, the person is deprived of what has become his or her primary source of comfort and reassurance.

Simultaneously, the person “crash-lands” back onto an inhospitable world, a world from which the person has been using the addiction to escape.

Compared with these existential torments, the purely physical dislocations of withdrawal are, even for most heroin addicts, not particularly debilitating.

After all, nearly everyone who receives powerful narcotics in the hospital gives them up after returning home or when the illness is over. Consider also that drug addicts and alcoholics indicate that the most unbearable drug withdrawal is from cigarettes.

And if one puts all withdrawal on a scale, probably the worst of all occurs in the case of failed love relationships.

The experience of withdrawal, like that of addiction, is shaped by the way a person interprets it. In therapeutic communities like Daytop Village in New York, addicts are not excused from their normal duties when they undergo withdrawal; as a result, withdrawing addicts - even those who have had several withdrawal episodes previously - continue mopping floors and carrying out other duties.

Cultural beliefs also play a crucial role in addiction - for example, beliefs that are widely propagated about the power of a drug to enslave a person and the difficulty of escaping it actually contribute to the difficulties of withdrawal.

Equally important are the person’s readiness to confront withdrawal and belief that he or she can manage it.

If you are convinced that withdrawal will be intolerably painful and that you cannot withstand it, or if you don’t have sufficiently powerful reasons to confront withdrawal experiences, you won’t be prepared to withdraw from your addiction.

The addict who feels incapable of existing without a drug can never successfully withdraw, and doesn’t want to try.

Related: Overcoming Anxiety By Embracing Uncertainty

Ironically, one of the beliefs that most contribute to the susceptibility to addiction is the belief in the power of addiction itself.

Believing that drugs are stronger than you are means you will become addicted more easily and stay addicted longer.

But if you recognize that drugs and alcohol never take away your own responsibilities and capacity to control your destiny - even if you have alcoholic relatives or have had addictive problems in the past - you always stand a better chance of avoiding addiction or dealing with it successfully.

A Commonsense Way of Thinking About Overcoming an Addiction

Although the schematic description above is useful for understanding what addiction is and how it comes about, we need not think of all our troublesome habits or fixations in such dire terms.

In fact, when we overdramatize our addictions, we may do ourselves an injustice and make change more difficult.

An addiction may be more or less severe - and a person may be more or less able to give it up - depending on the circumstances of the person’s life.

Addiction is more likely in stressful times, times when gratifications are slim, times when a person is less together or secure.

Likewise, one type of excess may be more stubbornly entrenched in a person’s routine, or more closely linked to a person’s self-doubt and insecurity, than another.

Addiction occurs along a continuum - there is no easy test to tell you whether you have an addiction or just a bad habit.

For example, by some estimates, half of all Americans are overweight. Are they all addicted overeaters?

Many people encounter significant health risks because of the way they eat (recall that heart disease is America’s major killer). Are these the addicts? Some people are preoccupied day and night with their eating; they are suffused with guilt over eating too much, yet they are unable to change their eating habits.

Related: Addiction To Junk Food: More Than Meets The Eye

Surely, these are the addicts, we think. A still more limited group of people encounter major health problems through their overweight, severely restricting their lives, but are unable to modify their eating habits.

At the furthest extreme of addiction are the minuscule number of people who become so fat they are completely immobile - people we sometimes see on television who may not even be able to fit through their doorways.

If we call only these people - people who have given up all effort to control their eating - true addicts, we end up with a fraction of a percentage of addicted overeaters, and books wouldn’t need to be written for millions of people who fear they have food addictions.

Moreover, for this minuscule group, concepts such as “denial” hardly seem to have meaning - does the twelve-hundred-pound man who hasn’t left his house in years really need to be told that he has an addictive eating problem?

For most people, the exercise of drawing the line that divides “addicted” from “normal” is not very helpful.

We need to remember that nearly all people cut back and forth across these categories at different points in their lives and in different situations.

Related: Chemical Exposure Linked To Rising Diabetes, Obesity Risk

Although letting your urges overcome you to gain total control of your life is a relatively rare phenomenon, everyone has addictive urges and sometimes gives in to them. Addiction characterizes some aspect of everyone’s life - this is one reason why it is so ridiculous to think of it as a disease.

Thin people whom we envy for their self-control will tell us there are some treats they can’t keep in the house because otherwise they would eat them all at once.

Remember that people whom we admire for having had the strength to quit smoking used to search ashtrays desperately looking for a butt when they ran out of cigarettes!

What we most need to know is not how bad off or how genuinely addicted we are but, rather, how people learn to resist successfully the addictive or unhealthy urges that come with being human.

How do they construct full lives, develop alternatives to addiction, learn the strength to stop after having started or, when necessary, not to start at all?

Let us start, then, with alcoholism, the addiction most commonly referred to as a disease. There must be - there is - a better way to understand and redirect the paths people take into and out of problem drinking

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

From 2018: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here
July 8 2024 / August 22 2018 | From: JonRappoport / Various

Every few years, a new virus shows up that, experts tell us, can wipe out half the world in six months... and then it doesn’t happen.

I could give you several examples. In this piece, let’s harken back to SARS, the vague flu lookalike that suddenly showed up in 2003 and was going to decimate the Earth.

Related: Has everyone forgotten? The massive “Zika scare” was a fake science HOAX pushed by the entire establishment media… not a single retraction ever published

When SARS hit, the World Health Organization (WHO) put the world on notice not to fly into Toronto. The city lost billions of tourism dollars.

The fabled “coronavirus,” touted as the cause of SARS, was evil and covert and unique. So said ten WHO labs, which took over all official research on the “plague.”

But on May 1, 2003, Dr. Frank Plummer, head of the WHO lab in Winnipeg, issued a blockbuster to a SARS summit in Canada. He was now finding the coronavirus in ZERO percent of SARS cases.

Weeks before, Plummer had said eighty percent of patients showed the virus, then that had dropped to sixty, forty, thirty, and now it was ZERO.

Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering?

You have to understand that even eighty percent is not sufficient to call the virus the cause of any disease condition.


Yes, they all have the disease, the same disease, and we have the virus behind it all. The virus is present in ZERO percent of cases.

And the doctor saying this is a consummate insider, the chief honcho at Canada’s WHO lab. WHO being the agency, along with the CDC, that is in charge of all research on SARS.

Understand, given the fact that SARS is supposedly composed of a list of vague symptoms - cough, fever, fatigue, lung infection - the coronavirus is the only thing that is tying these cases together - AND WHEN THAT VIRUS PROVED TO BE MEANINGLESS, all the cases were set adrift, so to speak, joining the ranks of regular old flu and lung infection.

And the SARS death rate was low, so low the whole thing turned out to be a dud. A phony dud.

Deconstructing The Ebola Agenda & Is the Bilderberg Group Behind Ebola? + The Effective Treatment For The Bioweapon That Is Ebola

Of course, no one at the CDC or WHO admitted this. These people are experts at “moving on.” And they’re adept at writing history to revise facts and cover their backsides.

But a whole parade of fake pandemics - and attendant dire warnings - does, over time, achieve one objective: it conditions people to accept the lie that vaccines are the best solution to illness.

And that’s no small feat. It’s especially important when you consider the fact that the CDC, which is tasked with overseeing vaccine safety and efficacy, buys and sells $4 billion worth of vaccines a year. This is BUSINESS we’re talking about, and in order to promote business, PR people cook up all sorts of schemes.

Pandemics, even if they don’t pan out, are clever propaganda.

Also, the horror story of GERMS that can cause plagues anywhere in the world at the drop of a hat - the ceaseless drumbeat of germs, germs, and more germs - obscures all sorts of environmental causes of illness and death.

How To Kill a Whole Lot of People: Scripps Scientists Publish How They Made H7N9 Virus More Transmissible

For example, toxic chemicals produced by major and favored corporations.

“It’s the virus” is the greatest cover story on planet Earth.

Don’t forget that one.

Oh - you want to know the official figures on SARS? 8,000 cases worldwide, 774 deaths, between 2002 and 2003. No cases on the record since 2004.

By any standard, that’s a DUD. But go ahead, read the official accounts and histories. See if you can find one clear admission that the whole thing was nonsense. Good luck.

Remember, it’s not the pandemic that’s important. It’s the warning about the pandemic. That’s what moves product off the shelves…

Related Articles:

Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

Regarding Covid-19: Where Did Commonsense And #8 Wire Savvy Go? & Shelter In Place Is Weakening The Immune Systems Of Everyone Who Complies

Trump Halts WHO Funding, Accuses Health Body Of Conspiring With China To ‘Cover Up’ Covid-19 Outbreak & Covid World Order: Meet The Mob #2. “Doctor” WHO

Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May

Manufactured Pandemic? Testing People For Any Strain Of A Coronavirus, Not Specifically For COVID-19 & An Open Letter To The New Zealand Police In A Time Of Covid-19

People’s Skepticism About Covid-19 Is The Fault Of The Lying Mass Media & A Personal Take On Covid-19 “Conspiracy Theories”

COVID-19 Lockdown: A Global Human Experiment & Ten Years Ago The World Health Organisation Faked A Pandemic

Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual

China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

CDC “Spider” Scientists Attack The CDC, Blow The Lid Off & Robert F Kennedy Jr: CDC An “Edifice Of Faud”

Conspiracy: This Is Why Brazil Is Ground Zero For The Latest Bio-Engineered Pandemic

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Three Trigger Terms Being Used To Stop Critical Thinking
July 7 2024 | From: WakingTimes / Various

It’s a strange world of newspeak we live in. What was once a society devoted to logic and progress is now being herded in echo chambers of thought control and anti-critical thinking.

Without the ability to examine an issue impartially and completely there is little hope of maintaining liberty and freedom, as history repeatedly demonstrated.

Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Today, we find that thinking is a diminishing art, and in its place, sound bites and stop-thought terms are used to put the brakes on the mind. These terms are widely used as signals to prevent minds from looking too deeply at a topic or issue.

""Thinking critically means making reasoned judgments that are logical and well thought out. It is a way of thinking in which one doesn’t simply accept all arguments and conclusions to which one is exposed without questioning the arguments and conclusions.

It requires curiosity, skepticism and humility. People who use critical thinking are the ones who say things such as, “How do you know that?”

“Is this conclusion based on evidence or gut feelings?” and “Are there alternative possibilities when given new pieces of information?"" 

- Source

The three terms most widely used today to this avail are detailed below.

1. Conspiracy Theorist

This term is so overused that it really is devoid of any practical meaning.

If you were to examine it at face value, though, it describes a person who is looking to understand injustices in our world and is willing to look at uncomfortable facts in search of negative influence… of which there is plenty in our world today.

However, ‘conspiracy theorist’ has literally become a derogatory term that is attributed to anyone who refuses to accept mainstream narratives at face value.

Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

It doesn’t matter that there is overwhelming evidence to indicate that mainstream media does not value objectivity or report on important issues thoroughly or truthfully.

Now we find this term applied as a prefix to well-known journalists and media personalities, almost as we use the term Doctor.

It’s an adjective that precedes them everywhere, so that before you even know what issue is being discussed, you know that the issue is coming from someone considered to be fringe and unacceptable.

2. Alt

We see the label ‘alt’ being applied more and more frequently as an adjective for sentiments that supposedly do not fit in with the accepted status quo. Ideas outside of the box.

Alt-Media. Alt-Right. Alt-Left. Alt-News. Alt-Health. And so on.

The signal here is that the mainstream is the safe space, and that any segment of ideas or thought given this prefix is outside of that mainstream, and therefore not something ordinary people would want to associate with.

Related: Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship

It takes complex ideas and sensitive issues and benches them, so that when the hive mind stumbles upon something ‘alt’ they immediately react with fear, disdain and feigned outrage.

There is no ‘alt’ in our world. We are one, and any faction of ideas is really just a spinoff of the shared reality we all live in.

If segments of this shared space are off-limits and labeled as so, we all lose.

3. Hate Speech

This term is one of the all-time favorites of politicians and tyrants. After all, what could more dangerous than hate?

Newsflash: Hate speech is not the same thing as a hate crime.

Speech is just that, speech. It is literally vibrating air moving through space, and unless we’re talking about and LRAD crowd control cannon, sound really can’t cause people physical harm.

It is fascinating to watch how people use this term so freely as if speech itself can be criminal.

American [Western] society is founded on the idea of freedom of speech and self-expression, which at its core is the recognition that as human beings we do not and never will all see the world in the same way.

Related: Tyranny And Free Speech

It is an acknowledgement of the fact that different people have different ideas about how the world is and should be. That these differences shouldn’t be used as a basis for discrimination.

The term hate speech is one of the most loaded and ambiguous terms in the political lexicon. Beware.

Final Thoughts

Next time you see or hear these terms being used, ask yourself what it is about the story that you’re not supposed to think too deeply about.

Allow both sides of the argument to share equal time in your mind, and honor the independent, sovereign being within yourself that deserves a chance to make up its own mind about how it wishes to view the world.

Related Articles:

Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

If You Limit ANY Free Speech, This Is What You Get

The Real Inconvenient Truth & A Call For Critical Thinking By The 99%

The Emergence Of Orwellian Newspeak And The Death Of Free Speech

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life
+ The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t
July 6 2024 | From: NewEasternOutlook / EnvirowatchRangitikei / Varous

In today’s highly controversial and aggressive world, virtually anything can present a threat to the life of a human being, not just wars, climate change, or short-sighted and often criminal actions of certain politicians.

As it has been shown by a number of scientific studies, the activities of a number of American corporations present a very real threat the well-being of the population mainly due to the use of genetically modified substances in their products while manufacturing substandard health and beauty aids.

Related: Five Valid Reasons To Stop Using Aluminium - Aluminium Is Toxic To All Life Forms

The truth is that it’s the people of developing countries that are being affected by these fraudulent business practices the most, since Western corporations try to suppress any information about the health effects of their products to obtain maximum profit.

At the end of the twentieth century British scientists have come to a sensational conclusion that parabens are capable of penetrating the skin barrier and are being accumulated in the tissues of the body, causing cancer, hormone system failures, endocrine system suppression, and skin diseases.

Related: Johnson & Johnson Hid Talcum Powder Link to Ovarian Cancer for 40 Years

Research made this finding while studying malignant tumor
s in breast tissue, all of which contained parabens, Later on, these findings were confirmed by Canadian and French scientists.

Parabens are artificial preservatives that are often used in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry by a number of Western corporations.

Even though they are effectively increasing the shelf life of a product, while remaining relatively cheap to use, parabens pose a serious threat to human health and well-being.

From time to time one can come across articles on the harmful effects of parabens in Europe and the United States, forcing certain companies to replace parabens with less harmful preservatives. However, the markets of developing countries, especially those with hot and humid climates, are flooded with Western cosmetic products that contain the dangerous substance.

In order to attract international attention to this danger, the French Le Monde went as far as to publish a list of the 400 Western pharmaceutical products containing parabens and that are, therefore, dangerous for use or consumption.

Related: A New Study Links Benadryl to Serioud Mental Health Diseases Such as Dementia

In this list one may find the baby cream Biafine, such cough medicines as Clarix, Codotussyl, Drill, Hexapneumine, Humex, Pectosan, and Rhinathiol, stomach relief medicine such as Maalox, Gaviscon, Josacine, and antibiotic Zinnat, along with a list of other drugs produced by Western corporations and actively advertised for mass consumption.

As it has been pointed out by French journalists, numerous studies have shown that drugs from this list compromise the functioning of the hormone system, especially the reproductive ability of men and women, and may result in cancer.

At the same time, scientists are stressing the danger of hydro-alcoholic gels which were brought to the market in the wake of the artificially created hysteria around the “danger” of the so-called “bird flu,” the H1N1. These gels are advertised as the ultimate solution for sanitizing hands and body in the absence of soap.

Related: Hydrogen Peroxide Or Soap And Water To Clean Your Wound? + Why You Should Think Twice Before Using Antibacterial Soap

A study carried out by the University of Missouri and published in the Plos ONE journal shows that hydro-alcoholic gels make a person more susceptible to Bisphénol-A.

In 2010, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) officially recognized that Bisphénol-A is harmful to human health due to the negative effect it has on brain functions and the reproductive system. It also causes a number of cancers (in both women and men) – in particular, prostate cancer, breast cancer as well as autism, depression, reproductive and endocrine systems failure, delays in brain development, diabetes, obesity, and cardiovascular disease.

Yet another study conducted in Argentina showed that 85% of the women’s hygienic pads presented a serious threat to women since they contain the chemically hazardous substance known as glyphosate.

This fact was revealed by researchers of the National Argentine University of La Plata at a recent congress of physicians in Buenos Aires, upon examining sanitary towels and sanitary pads produced with the use of genetically-modified cotton that was grown using Roundup herbicide of the American company Monsanto-Bayer.

As we learn from this study,after the use of this herbicide, all cotton products contain this carcinogenic substance. For this reason, there’s been a massive movement in many countries through the collection of signatures to force such producers as Tampax or Always to state the composition of their products.

Related: Why Are These 25 Carcinogens Still Being Sold?

The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

This information is from well known Dr Mercola. If you go to the link you can download his free ebook, an excellent resource that will show you how to protect yourself and your loved ones from health risks by choosing the best water to drink and bathe in.

Need I repeat? We need to be vigilant in what we expose ourselves to today because corporate interests are such that they will focus on profits not on your health. Be vigilant and be informed.

Related: 'Brockovich' carcinogen found at unsafe levels in tap water supplies of 218mn Americans – report

What if that clear, clean-looking liquid you use every day – to quench your thirst, to bathe and shower in, and to wash your dishes and laundry in contributed to dozens of everyday ailments, including…heart attacks, tiredness, sinus problems, sperm count, risk of miscarriage, a weakened immune system and many more.

Truth is, the water we use in and around our homes is far from the fresh, pure resource you might assume. And the worst part is…

Americans are ingesting from 300 to 600 times what the Environmental Protection Agency considers a “safe” amount while chlorine itself is relatively benign, and was created to help keep us free from infectious diarrheas, it reacts with organic materials which already dissolve in water, forming chemicals (known as DBP’s) that are over 100 times more toxic than chlorine…

According to the U.S. Council of Environmental Quality, the cancer risk to people who drink chlorinated water is 93 percent higher than among those whose water does not contain chlorine.

The residents of a small town in Pennsylvania who ate diets rich in saturated animal fats and milk had no heart attacks – until they switched from mountain spring water to fluoridated water.

Research from the University of Nijmegen in the Netherlands discovered that people who swam in chlorinated pools or polluted waters as children had 2.2 to 2.4 times the risk of developing melanoma compared to those who did not swim in chlorinated waters.

Male smokers who drank chlorinated tap water for more than 40 years had double the risk of bladder cancer as smoking males who drank non-chlorinated water.

Related: Get this FREE report "Is Your Water Safe? How Modern Water Sanitation Can Damage Your Health and How To Protect Yourself"

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society
July 5 2024 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Monolithic and Ruthless Conspiracy: The Central Bankers’ crimes are legendary and more than can be listed here.

By providing large-scale loans to practically all countries and people, those have become dependent of the hidden ruling power. Governments that want to remain independent are vigorously addressed and enforced; their leaders are unseated, or murdered

Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

If this is not possible through means of political propaganda, or being economically sanctioned, the CIA, Mossad, or otherwise military force will achieve their objective to submit them to the NWO-regime.

The bloodline Archon families want to control the world, which required the joining of forces of the 13 influential bloodline families.

Professor Adam Weishaupt drafted a plan in 1773, on request of Mayer Amschel Rothschild to make that happen.

The ultimate goal was, and still is, to create a world dictatorship with one leader at the top, located in Jerusalem - Israel.

As a matter of fact, even China’s government is ultimately run by a - Nazi-Rothschild- central bank, which dictates and controls the flow of money all over the world in every nation in which central banks are located.

They obtained full control, and have 100% – 5 eyes support that makes their authority unquestioned and unchallenged.

Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Anyone involved in this buy and bribe scheme knows that it is in their own interest to participate in agreement to the given instructions. It really is a world-wide spread epidemic, and much worse than anyone can imagine.

The structure it is condoned under the current legal system of admiralty law. Defeating the truly evil enemy, should be people’s key priority! Let’s target the shadow controlling forces behind these central banks and put an end to this global corruption once and for all.

The real rulers in Washington DC are the invisible Luciferian Khazarians, they exercise their power from behind the scenes. Today the path to total dictatorship in the Western World can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and unheard by Congress or Parliament, even the President, nor the people.

Officially, Constitutional Governments are implemented. But within our governments and political systems, another body is representing another form of these governments, it is the bureaucratic elite which believes that Constitutions are useless, as they are sure being on the winning side of the game.

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

All the strange developments in policy agreements like the refuge crisis, may be traced back to this group who are going to make us over to suit their desire. The harm done to all people on our planet will take generations to correct. But all will be corrected, if we the people wake up and take back control!

Secrecy is Repugnant in a Free and Open Society

Trump is threatening to disturb the Deep State’s control game as no other modern President before him ever has done, except President John F. Kennedy who was murdered for his opposition against the Deep State. He said on April 27th, 1961 in an address to newspaper publishers;

“The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society, and we are as a people, inherently and historically, opposed to secret societies, secret oaths, and secret proceedings…

For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence. It depends on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice.

It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried, not headlined, its dissenters are silenced, not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no secret is revealed…

I am asking your help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people… The high office of President has been used to foment a plot to destroy the American’s freedom, and before I leave office I must inform the citizen of his plight.”

Related: JFK At One Hundred

Unfortunately, the news media was and still is owned by the very foes President Kennedy was trying to defeat and those foes killed the President two and a half years later.

Unaware of the Risks

Even today, people are so unaware and have no idea of the risks President Trump is taking by challenging the Deep State, specifically the US military industrial complex MIC.

The mainstream media still do their utmost to discredit the President of the United States and try to overthrow him in order that the utterly corrupt elite that rule the western world can continue to hold on to power and to protect the massive budget of the MIC- complex, that along with the Israel Lobby, funds the elections of those who rule us.

They also tried multiple times to start a nuclear world war using Syria, North Korea, Iran, and other hotspots.

 It is important to remember and that cannot be repeated often enough: these people try to kill you and your family, and are still doing so.

Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

The Asian secret societies learned of the Deep State Nazi plans to murder 90% of humanity by successfully eavesdropping on their secret meetings. In 2003, the cabal were spreading the engineered SARS disease – a bioweapon designed specifically to target the Asian race, which became their call to arms.

The Europeans, particularly the Germans, are doing some serious chess moves that will make Mr. Trump’s job ahead easier. The powers that are feeling resentful of Mr. Trump are also moving in a healthy direction for all of us.

Mr. Trump is doing a great job that isn’t understood by the public at large and probably not known by himself, as the whole operation is scripted by the Alliance.

Comment: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

By helping through Q-ANON notifications and observing the skirmishes that are forever going on.

This has become part of the whole scenario: it represents the undercurrent that is behind everything. It’s a crowd together of folks trying to keep this at bay. As, many of us wake-up and join the patriot crowd.

Where we go one, we go all. The Deep State won’t succeed; their turning point may have been passed.

Related: An Objective Analysis Of The QAnon Phenomenon

The Central Banking Control

The Central Banking system is currently owned by the Archon bloodline families that control more wealth than the better off 3.5 billion of the world’s population. Inequality is a drastic understatement.

The BIS – Bank for International Settlements – is a privately owned bank that oversights 60 Central banks including: The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve the European Central Bank and the Bank of Japan.

The BIS controls 95% of global wealth. The BIS was created as a control bank that would supervise the damage reparation settlements of Germany and its allies after WW1. It then morphed into the demon financial control center that it is today.

The monetary system from its inception till today is privately owned by the Rothschild and a few other families.

The Governments pay Central Banks with taxpayers’ monies to compensate for the interest of their counterfeit debt money, which they could have issued themselves free of any interest charge.

Related: Banks Are Stealing Our Future? How To Put An End?

Moreover, taxpayers’ contributions fund the Vatican Bank, Queen’s Bank of England, and all other Central Banks across the globe instead of their own government. People’s energy money makes it possible that Central Banks can charge again interest on the reimbursed tax funds.

Evidently, this corrupt system is also funding international child trafficking, including all black terrorist operations, etc.

No Need for Central Banks

Moreover, there is no need for Central banks, as the people controlled governments can issue the money themselves free of interest, without debt! – There is no anchor against the ever-increasing money supply that is destroying the world’s reserve currency.

New out of air-printed money is constantly created to fight deflation to avoid a depression. The world Central banks cannot accept deflation; they are trying to offset this by printing money to generate inflation. And, so have the populace since 1972 two third of their savings lost.

Related: Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

As there is no velocity in the money circulation, they cannot generate the outcome they want. The Central Bankers have no power to turn this around, but resort to continuously printing money that no one spends, so the money has little effect on the economy.

If they don’t find a way to increase the velocity of money, there will be no inflation and higher prices, if money velocity keeps slowing down, the world will be mired in a deflationary trap that scares the hell out of the central bankers, as debt burdens go up in real terms. Tax revenues decrease. Banks fail. When the role of complication is ignored, they are putting the system at risk of collapse.

It is still an open question whether the world needs a reserve currency and it certainly does not when money is linked to something tangible.

There is no need for central banks to create money without limits either – as has been proven during the era 1870 – 1914 when the gold standard acted independently and effectively.

Unsustainable Debt

IMF says, “debt is unsustainable”, but central banks don’t solve the problem. They like to keep the world in a limbo of debt, so that countries and people need to take on more debt.

The Central Bankers business model is to putcountries and people in more debt, it is a pattern and they know this, but most of the people don’t know that.

Related: Unless We Kick Our Addiction To Growth, We’re Heading Towards A Debt-Fuelled Dystopia

The puppet governments and politicians are bought and paid for to do these things. The only way around this is to get rid of the central banks.

Look at Greece, it is in trouble again, the central bank’s fix was not a fix, it was a band aid and it was only meant to last for a couple of years, then the country would need more debt.

Another noticeable aspect is housing appreciation that is beginning to slow, prices are coming down which means those who purchased at the height of the market will be underwater and those who purchased during the last financial crisis will be worse off. Even, the pension systems are in trouble and there are noticeable signs of this. Once the market, real estate, and the rest crashes it will be game over.

And, that is why the economy is rapidly falling apart. And here comes the narrative battle, either Trump or the FED-Central Bank is going to be in charge to tell this story.

What you have to do is to prepare for the transition and make sure you have sufficient food in store as there is a life-size possibility that supplies will be disturbed.

Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Be assured that this great transition is coming for which most people aren’t prepared; they will go through a very difficult period of time.

The Alliance with the patriots do there best to make the transition easy as possible. Let’s hope that Trump will have the narrative, as the central banks don’t care about the people, the more we suffer the better they like it.

Eventually, the Deep State players and agendas will dissolve under the upcoming transparency with equality for all. Everyone has to know how to fix the system, where the risks are hidden, and how with the least intrusive means possible can be changed.

Amongst others, it will be by asset backed currencies, then everything else could start to be fixed. How and what is explained in the next issue. Stay tuned!

Related Articles:

Rothschild worried about new world economic order

Deep State Desperation At All-Time High - Here’s Why

Economic Contagion? Central Banks Are the Real Culprit

Survival of the Richest - The wealthy are plotting to leave us behind

Trillion Dollar Inheritance: The World’s Biggest Family Fortunes

The Money Usurers: Money made on the backs of the people is being sanctioned by their government!

Rothschild Bank caught up in money-laundering scandal

The Truly Most Evil Enemy: The Deep State’s Traitors

The Banksters control the world: The trap is set to bring the economy down - The truth is about to come out

Allen Dulles was Swiss Family Mallet-Prevost Sleeper Agent of CIA OSS; Octogon rules over Pentagon

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Get Rid Of Paranoid Conspiracy Theorists
July 4 2024 | From: Medium / Various

Are you as sick and tired as I am of all those tinfoil hat-wearing conspiracy nutters who express skepticism whenever the kind and beneficent US intelligence agencies bestow us with urgent information about a new country in need of regime change?

Do you want to get rid of that kooky fringe 74 percent of Americans who believe in a “Deep State” which controls the elected government?

Related: Nine Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

Well you’re in luck, bucko! I happen to have compiled right here a list of six simple steps that our compassionate government and fearless media can take to rid America of these looney toon paranoid conspiracy theorists once and for all:

1. Stop Fucking Lying All the Time

Simple, right? Just stop lying and people will stop wondering how the narrative they’re being spoon fed by their politicians and the media differs from reality!

End the practice of defense and intelligence agencies collaborating with think tanks and unelected insiders to manufacture false narratives which are then promulgated by pundits and politicians of both mainstream parties to advance imperialist agendas.

Related: Vault 7 Bombshell Just Vindicated Every Conspiracy Theorist: The CIA Can Spy On Anyone Through TVs, iPhones, Smart Phones And Windows PCs + Former Secret Service Agent Dan Bongino Set To Release New Info On Obama: “It’s Going To Blow Wide Open This Week” & Clinton Campaign Manager Robby Mook Confirms He Knew About Wiretaps

What will Alex Jones and Sputnik talk about if the voices of power start telling the truth all of a sudden instead of lying about the justifications for imperialist wars, excluding and censoring skeptics of establishment orthodoxies from the mainstream conversation, and being forthright about the massive and ubiquitous problems in America’s democratic system?

That’ll show those crackpots!

2. Try Some Actual Fucking Government Transparency

That’s right! Add government transparency into the mix and what will hostile non-state intelligence operatives like Julian Assange have to publish?

I say we drive the WikiLeaks fake news complex right out of business by eliminating the immense veil of secrecy which shrouds so many levels of US government.

Related: The Telegraph: Perhaps The World's Conspiracy Theorists Have Been Right All Along

That way when those annoying conspiracy kooks try to say we’re not being given the full story about the behavior of America and its allies, our leaders can just tell them “Uh, yes we are actually” and show unredacted documentation of all their behaviors.

How do you like that, Russian WikiLeaks? We are the WikiLeaks now!

3. Stop Fucking Killing People

Of course, it’s hard to be transparent when you’re conducting countless military operations all over the planet at any given moment, so we’ll probably have to stop that too. We don’t want to give away the secret plans and locations of America’s brave servicemen and women, after all.

Dedicate the US military to defending America’s own shores and close down the hundreds of US military bases which dot the world like freckles on a Scotsman, and the next time those paranoid conspiracy freaks start questioning what they’re being told they can just be shown the truth.

Related: Scientific Study: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Are The Sanest Of All

Not as much fun as drone bombing children, I’ll admit, but if we want to get serious about this conspiracy theory epidemic we’ve got to start somewhere.

4. Stop Promoting Fucking Conspiracy Theories

I don’t like to be a Debbie downer, but when we’ve got news stories coming out every few days promoting theories about the US president conspiring with the Russian government, it gets a little difficult to tell people not to indulge in conspiracy theories.

Unproven claims about powerful people conspiring together is the exact thing that a conspiracy theory is, and while I understand that these are authorized conspiracy theories, we can’t rely on these crazy loons to understand the distinction.

Related: Conspiracy Theorist - The New Normal

Better to lead by example and avoid trafficking in conspiracy theories altogether, in my opinion.

5. Stop Being Such Fucking Assholes

If US intelligence agencies weren’t torturing people, they wouldn’t have to lie about torturing. If US intelligence agencies weren’t surveilling US citizens, they wouldn’t have to lie about their surveillance programs.

If US intelligence agencies weren’t constantly committing horrific atrocities to protect the interests of the powerful from the powerless, everyone would trust them and you’d stop seeing all these ridiculous conspiracy theories about what those agencies have been up to.

Call me crazy, but I’ve got this wild notion that maybe if highly secretive defense and intelligence agencies weren’t inflicting unspeakable acts of depravity and degradation upon humanity all the time from behind the veil of government opacity, humanity would be less paranoid about them.

Related: Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government

6. Maybe Try Some fucking Democracy for Once

People are beginning to notice that no matter who they vote for they get the same exploitative neoliberal policies at home and the same murderous neoconservative policies abroad, which doesn’t do much to dispel those wacky notions about a permanent unelected government pulling the strings while the official elected government puts on a pretend democracy show every few years.

It would probably be a good idea to do something about how America has the worst electoral system in the western world, how ordinary Americans have virtually no influence over US policy or behavior compared to wealthy Americans, and the way the rigidly-enforced two-party system necessarily creates an extortion scheme where both parties serve the same plutocratic interests but bully Americans into supporting one or the other under the threat of losing civil liberties.

And again, I hate to be a wet blanket, but those defense and intelligence agencies technically are unelected and technically do wield an immense amount of power, and technically do have an immense amount of influence over Washington, Wall Street, Silicon Valley, Hollywood, the mainstream media, big oil, plutocratic interests, US allies, world trade, and countless major world events.

Related: “Conspiracy Theorists” Are Vindicated: U.S. Senate Reports Chemtrails Are Real And Are Killing Us!

By restoring power to the people instead of leaving it all in the hands of an elite class of secretive agencies and their plutocratic allies, people might feel like they have a bit more control over what’s going on in their country and won’t have to make up nonsensical stories about a “deep state”.

If we could pull these steps off, what will these conspiracy-mongering grifters have to sell to the naive populace? If everyone trusts their government and feels confident in the democratic process, who will believe stories about powerful unelected forces ruling over them?

You certainly wouldn’t have 74 percent of them subscribing to this absurd “deep state” conspiracy theory, that’s for sure.

Related Articles:

American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

How Conspiracy Theorising May Soon Get You Labelled A ‘Domestic Terrorist’

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

The New mRNA COVID Vaccines Inject An Operating System Into Your Body - Not A Conspiracy Theory, Moderna Admits It & Open Letter to NZ MPs - Lockdown Is A Disastrous Error

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

To Sell You Happiness, They First Make You Feel Like Shit
July 3 2024 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

Each and every day we’re bombarded with hundreds, if not thousands of images that are trying to convince us that we’re not good enough as we are.

You guessed right, I’m talking about advertisements.

Related: Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

The advertising industry has one and only mission: to persuade us into buying stuff with the promise that it’ll bring us happiness. But how exactly does it achieve that?

By first making us feel like shit.

Look, this shiny, attractive and popular actress is sporting this swimsuit and by purchasing it you’ll feel sexy and successful like her.”

“Look, this handsome and confident businessman is driving this luxurious car and all the babes are begging to sleep with him like crazy. Get it and within moments you’ll get laid with more beautiful women that you could have ever imagined.”

The message implied in advertisements is simple: As you are, you suck, and you need to be different to not suck. Here, get this product and you won’t suck anymore.

Once they convince us that we suck, we do as they tell us, because who in the world wants to be a sucker?

No one.

You might be thinking: That’s bullshit! I’m not affected by those stupid ads.

Well, almost everyone I know says the same. I admit, I used to think like that too. But the truth is that we’re all affected, although in most cases we aren’t even aware of it.

Ponder on this: why would companies invest most of their money on advertising, if it wasn’t effective?

Related: 5 Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

Advertising is all about persuasion, and those who are good at it see tremendous financial gains. But for persuasion to work at its best, it needs to happen subconsciously - that is, it needs to bypass conscious reasoning and take place on an emotional level. That’s precisely why we don’t know that it’s influencing us.

Let me offer you an example. When you are exposed to a Coca Cola ad again and again, at some point you become so accustomed to it that you unconsciously associate it with certain positive psychological states (such as love and joy), and so next time you go out to buy a drink, you grab the Coke can without wondering why.

You buy it just because you were persuaded to, while you’re under the impression that you did solely out of our own conscious decision.

‘Yes Girl’ –  1946 Cardboard Coca Cola Poster by Haddon Sundblom

Related: Is Subliminal Advertising Legit?

I could go off on a tangent about the different tactics the advertising industry is using to manipulate us, but the point is that, as all big marketers know, great advertising is sneaky and its basic objective is to lower your self-esteem (with its ultimate objective being, of course, to sell you some crap in the name of happiness).

Starving for Connection

If you’re feeling shitty, there might be a good reason to blame it on advertising. Yet the advertising industry itself is nothing but a natural outgrowth of our profoundly sick society, where deception and competition are an everyday reality.

Indeed, advertising would barely be as effective in a society where people were honest and worked together for the common good. In fact, in such a society advertising as we know it wouldn’t exist at all.

Because of the competitive world we were brought up in and have to endure on a daily basis, most of us feel disconnected from our fellow humans. Of course, when others are constantly trying to maximize their personal gain at your expense, how can you feel a loving connection to them?

You can’t. Rather, you feel threatened by their presence. To protect yourself from them, you build big walls around you. And for a while, you feel safe and secure.

But eventually you experience the painful consequences: loneliness, anxiety, depression.

Related: Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression

As every psychologist knows, humans are highly social beings - that is, we all have an inherent need to connect and share with others.

Connection is crucial to our emotional health, and when we don’t find it, we suffer.

No wonder in our disconnected society what we deep down crave more than anything else is to open our hearts and connect with other people. We want to feel a sense of belonging to community. We want to feel loved and accepted. We want to feel heard and understood.

Human disconnection is deeply affecting our psyche

Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

But it’s not just that we’re disconnected from people. We’re disconnected from nature. We’re disconnected from creativity.

We’re disconnected from play. We’re disconnected from meaningful work. We’re disconnected from a multitude of things that are vital to our well-being.

Now this might sound terribly bad, but from the market’s perspective it’s not bad at all. In fact, to the market that’s the best thing that could ever happen.

Here’s why: The more problems you have, the easier you can be emotionally manipulated and financially exploited.

Do you feel lonely? Don’t worry. Just pay $2000 for this escort and you’ll be in the company of an affectionate being.”

“Do you feel that your life is lacking adventure? This can easily be fixed. Buy these pair of Jordan sneakers for just $199 and you’ll feel like a basketball superstar.”

“Do you feel worried over the meaninglessness of your life? Let us help you. Get this cheap yet immensely effective pill and your mind will be relieved of distressing thoughts in just a matter of seconds.”

We may not be aware of it, but the main reason we keep on buying stuff is to find connection to those things we’ve lost and we emotionally starve for. The cunning ones in the marketing business know this very well, and are trying to exploit our insecurities through deceitful advertising just so they can empty our pockets and fill in theirs.

By purchasing this or that product, they make us believe that we’ll feel satisfied and content. Yet no matter how many products we manage to acquire, we always end up feeling sad and unfulfilled.

Related: Brilliant Comic Of Banksy's Call To Arms Against Advertisers

Substitutes Won’t Help

Shopping can never emotionally satisfy us because it provides us only with substitutes of what we’re longing for. And although it can at times bring us a temporary feeling of completeness and euphoria, that is soon followed by disappointment and a sense of inner emptiness.

Acquiring a fancy car may help attract a lot of eyes on you, and for a while this could make you feel like you’re the most important person in the world. You might start thinking that people appreciate you and would love to be in your presence, which in turn might bring you some egotistic gratification.

Yet this won’t be enough to satisfy your psychological need to genuinely connect and intimately bond with people who actually embrace you for who you are and not merely for what you have.

Getting a 14-day return ticket to some exotic part of the world and staying there in a 5-star hotel that provides you with all the luxury you desire can help you to forget the painful reality of everyday life, and might even make you feel like your life is filled with adventure and joy.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

Yet before you realize it you’ll be forced to get back from your happy holidays and face the harsh truth that was there awaiting you all along.

Obtaining clothes from expensive fashion brands in an effort to feel beautiful and special might work as long as you’re in the company of individuals who praise you solely based on your appearance.

But when you are on your own or in the presence of people who don’t care about your looks, status and wealth, you won’t help it but feel that old familiar voice creeping in your mind again, whispering that you’re ugly and unworthy of love.

What some call “retail therapy” is actually a symptom of psychological dis-ease

Related: Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth

Substitutes offer nothing more than a quick fix - they work for a short while, but eventually they always let us down. Hence, to fill in our emotional void and find lasting contentment, we need to stop foolishly running after things that bring us a fleeting sense of joy, and instead pursue those ones that can truly enrich our lives in the long run.

We need to stop collecting material possessions, and instead collect memories from mind-expanding and heart-touching experiences.

We need to stop showing off how much stuff we own, and instead openly express our truest thoughts and feelings. We need to stop amassing financial wealth, and instead realize our inner yet long-forgotten wealth.

We need to stop searching for the next thing to force us out of our chronic boredom and stress, and instead create a life that’s worth waking up to.

Changing the System

For all the above to happen, it is important that we realize what truly matters to our well-being and act accordingly. However, personal behavioral change alone isn’t enough.

No matter how strong our individual efforts to live meaningfully, purposefully and peacefully are, the external pressures of our competitive, materialistic and consumption-driven society will most likely cancel them out.

Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

Therefore, if we want to see a lasting change happening for the benefit of ourselves and future generations, we need to focus our attention on transforming the very foundation of our socioeconomic system that is at the root of most problems our civilization is currently faced with.

I’ll try to explain what I mean with an example. A few paragraphs above, I wrote: “The cunning ones in the marketing business [ … ] are trying to exploit our insecurities through deceitful advertising just so they can empty our pockets and fill in theirs.”

This might sound as if the professional marketers are some kind of evil people who don’t give a damn about others and care only about their own financial gain.

The truth, however, is that they are people like you and me - people who somehow need to “earn a living” or else starve and live on the street.

They might actually be quite loving and compassionate, but at the same time they need some kind of a job, and because of the market’s immense competition, it’s extremely difficult - if not impossible - to find/create one they like and which aligns with their values.

They do what they got to do to increase their competitive advantage and keep on surviving in a harsh and unforgiving system, and in most cases that requires cunningness and deceit.

Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

You see, our economic system is a scarcity-based system, since money isn’t enough to go around (if you didn’t know, money is created as interest-bearing debt, which means that there’s always more debt than money in existence).

Therefore, we all feel compelled to compete with one another in order to stay in a position of financial security and power, and that feeds the selfish and acquisitive part of our nature. 

Yet the reality is that we’re living on a planet of abundance where all people’s needs could be easily met, if only we realized that our monetary system is obsolete, and worked together using our technical know-how to equitably distribute resources, instead of toiling day in and day out so as to outsmart others.

Once we stop fighting against each other and join our efforts in order to turn our world into a more beautiful place for all to enjoy, we’ll begin to feel connected again as well as to carry out work that is meaningful.

Then we will experience such an emotional satisfaction that we won’t be drawn to the momentary pleasure derived from shopping anymore; rather, we’ll be able to direct our attention on those things that actually matter to our happiness and build our lives around them.

Related Articles:

Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton [ Historical But Relevant ]
July 2 2024 | From: ActivistPost / Scoop / SolariReport

InternetNZ is calling for debate on Five Eyes recommendation.

InternetNZ is worried the Government may take up recommendations that could sacrifice the online security of all New Zealanders. A broader debate is needed than one led by law enforcement.

Related: Edward Snowden: Facebook Is A Surveillance Company Rebranded As "Social Media"

The concerns arise after the release of recommendations from the Five Nations conference (known as the Five Eyes) last week.

Law enforcement ministers from the member countries - New Zealand, Canada, Australia, the US and the UK - met to discuss "grave threats" online and ways to tackle illicit material.

InternetNZ Chief Executive, Jordan Carter, agrees that the tech sector, the government and others do need to find solutions to tackle illicit material from appearing online.

“One recommendation the Five Eyes put forward could possibly break end-to-end encryption - and this is really worrying for New Zealanders."

Responding to the “Nothing to Hide” Argument in Support of Mass Surveillance

Whenever I talk about government surveillance, there is always “that guy” who claims if I’m not doing anything illegal I shouldn’t be concerned about it.

Well, I am concerned about it. I explain why in this short video.

"Encryption provides important protection for all of us. We need encryption for things like online banking and booking travel safely. We need it to keep ourselves safe and secure online. Without it no one will have trust in the Internet.

"There are alternative solutions to keeping New Zealanders safe without breaking technologies that do just that. To find these solutions - the right people need to be be in the room.

"It’s vital the government discuss these topics with a wide range of people and organisations - the tech sector, law enforcement, small and medium businesses who depend on safe online services, human rights, privacy advocates and more,"says Carter.

You can read more about the ways New Zealand can enhance public safety while protecting encryption on the InternetNZ website here.

We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

“Article 5 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights states: “No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.” This ban on torture and other ill-treatment has subsequently been incorporated into the extensive network of international and regional human rights treaties.

It is contained in Article 7 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), ratified by 153 countries, including the United States in 1992, and in the Convention against Torture or Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (the Convention against Torture), ratified by 136 countries, including the United States in 1994. It is also codified in the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, the African Charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights, and the American Convention on Human Rights.”
- Human Rights Watch on the international illegality of torture.

Related: Spy Court Finds Surveillance Operating Outside The Law

August 1 was Swiss National Day. I celebrated by having a long lunch in my favorite cafe in Zurich with Dr. Katherine Horton – someone I have wanted to meet for quite a while. Then we took a cruise around Lake Zurich, followed by dinner with a colleague. High on our list of topics for the fascinating all-day discussion was how to integrate our knowledge for this presentation for you.

Dr Horton is a particle physicist and systems analyst with a master’s degree in physics and a doctorate in particle physics from the University of Oxford.

Dr. Horton worked as a high energy physicist on the particle collider at the German Electronsynchrotron DESY in Hamburg, Germany, and on the Large Hadron Collider at CERN in Geneva Switzerland.

Related: Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched Under The Peerless Direction Of Top NSA Whistleblowers
William Binney And J. Kirk Wiebe

She taught nuclear physics and particle physics at Hertford College, University of Oxford, conducted admissions interviews for undergraduate physics at St Hilda’s College, Oxford, and was a research fellow at St John’s College, Oxford, a position that allowed her to expand her research into medical physics and the physics of complex human systems.

In 2011, during her research fellowship at St John’s College, Oxford, Dr. Horton became the overt target of the intelligence services. What began as overt surveillance became intrusive harassment that morphed into unmistakable crime through related networks.

As a result of her experience as “a targeted individual” or “TI,” Dr. Horton began to organize with other TIs to build a more scientific understanding of the phenomenon, to put a stop to these activities and to warn a wider audience of the covert technologies and networks that significantly threaten the entire population of the world.

You can learn more about and support her work at her website STOP 007 and from her new video-streaming show Global Crime Fighters, which is available in both English and German.

Related: The Surveillance State Is Creating New Meta-Crimes

I have dealt with some of these technologies and networks, particularly during the Hamilton Securities litigation with the U.S. Department of Justice from 1996-2006. This litigation happened shortly after the Department had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the Department of Defense regarding experimentation and testing of “non-lethal weapons” for domestic application.

Based on my personal experience and research, particularly on how digital surveillance and technology is used to exploit individuals financially, I believe there are 325 million TIs in America divided into two groups – those who know we are targeted and those who do not.

The phenomenon is not limited to America. It is intertwined with organized crime, mercenaries and intelligence services throughout the NATO area and the rest of the world. It goes to the very heart of whether the people who run our society are subject to the law or not.

Targeting forces represent the shock troops that allow those in charge to get away with secrecy and crimes ranging from financial coup d’etat to murder.

Related: The US Government Is Being Sued For Info On The Secretive Five Eyes Intelligence Group

The targeting phenomenon goes to the heart of the tactics that have allowed central management and control of financial markets and geopolitics.

Dr. Horton is going to join me for our next interview to discuss the TI phenomenon. Topics on our list to cover include gang-stalking, directed energy weapon attacks, non-consensual implanting, neurotechnology, asset-stripping, intel crime, secret societies, and genocide.

We will discuss we can do to avoid and manage targeting and how concerned citizens can build resilient systems to support the rule of law.

This Solari Report will be excellent background for the report we will publish this fall on privatization and the reengineering of the US government.

In Let’s Go to the Movies, I recommend Truthstream Media’s new blockbuster The Minds of Men. You can buy the DVD or stream on Vimeo. It helps you understand the early history on how many of the targeting technologies in use today were developed.

Related Articles:

Creepy Globalist Bastards Going All In On Mass Surveillance & Why A Global Government Is The Ultimate Goal Of Billionaires

Not Just Surveillance: Three Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

The Surveillance State: How To Disappear & It’s Why Big Tech Is Watching You: How You Spend Your Money Reveals Parts Of Your Personality, And Vice Versa

Space Fence: Connecting The Surveillance And Transhumanist Agendas

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells
July 1 2024 | From: Omnithought / Various

According to research at Cambrigde Uinervtisy, it deosn’t mttaer in waht oredr the ltteers in a wrod are, the olny iprmoetnt tihng is taht the frist and lsat ltteer be at the rghit pclae.

The rset can be a toatl mses and you can sitll raed it wouthit a porbelm. Tihs is bcuseae the huamn mnid deos not raed ervey lteter by istlef, but the wrod as a wlohe.

Related: How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

Spelling: We Spell Words to Pronounce a [Prison] Sentence or Term

The first thing you learn when you go to school is how to spell. Words are spelled to create a sentence of terms. Think of a jail sentence or a prison term.

The Wyrd sisters in Greek mythology were Fates or witches who controlled the fates of man. In our language we use curse words and cursive writing. We cuss and dis-cuss. Words have meaning and (are) mean things especially cross words.

They can be used to make a point. We use a “con” verse to converse in order to keep us off course in our dis-course as a phrase frays. We use catch words. A story is a spiel or a spell. It is all part of the gospel of the Godspell or God’s spell.

Cursive (W)Riting

Related: The Language Of Symbolism: How To Recognize These Three Symbols Hidden In Plain Sight

Books contain chapters. What is a chapter? A chapter is a secret society or religious order, like the Knights Templar.

A chapter contains many pages. What is a page? A page is an understudy and in service to the queen and king, as in pages and squires, a knight who is well versed in magic and is more or less a soldier or trained assassin.

To page someone is to summons them. Pages summon demons to enslave or imprison our souls. After all, a page does contain many sentences. A jail sentence is served in a prison ward.

And indeed a sentence is created by words that are spelled out by using letters. A letter is someone who allows something to happen or someone who does something for some one else, like a bloodletter.

Languid Language

We languish in our languid language. Languid means “weak and lacking spirit or void of animation, lifeless” and languish which means “to lose strength or animation; be or become dull, feeble or spiritless; lackadaisical, listless”.

How are we imprisoned by our language? Think about a book. The word book as a verb means to arrest or detain - “book ’em, Danno”.

In fact, the Latin word for book is “liber”, which is where we get our word “library” and also the word “liberty”. You can book a reservation which means you’re paying for the ownership of something in advance. You can book or place a bet on a game or race with your bookie.

Yes, there is a bet being placed on a race - and it is the human race and the game is the game of life. It is the main bet or the alpha bet. In a group of monkeys, the alpha monkey is the primary monkey or the one in control.

There’s a song called Spirits in the Material World from an album named Ghost in the Machine. The lyrics proclaim:

“Our so-called leaders speak.  With words they try to jail ya. They subjugate the meek.  Where do the answers lie when we live from day to day?  We are spirits in a material world.”

The song was performed by a group appropriately named, The Police. The song - and an entire album by Sting, the lead singer, entitled The Soul Cages - refers to how we are spirits imprisoned in an earthly body.

Related: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

Aoccdrnig to rscheearch at Cmabrigde Uinervtisy, it deosn’t mttaer in waht oredr the ltteers in a wrod are, the olny iprmoetnt tihng is taht the frist and lsat ltteer be at the rghit pclae. The rset can be a toatl mses and you can sitll raed it wouthit a porbelm. Tihs is bcuseae the huamn mnid deos not raed ervey lteter by istlef, but the wrod as a wlohe.

Words Mean Things

Most words have multiple meanings and synonyms not to mention many anagrams which the subconscious mind can recognize. Factor in its homophones such as “there”, “they’re”, and “their” and it can get quite confusing to keep track.

What effect does that have when words with almost opposite meanings are homophones.

Think about “know” and “no”. Knowledge is considered a very positive word yet it is linked phonetically with the most negative word in our language. So when you say “I know this to be true” are you partiallly negating its reality?

Consider the above statement in which the letters of the words have been rearranged, yet you still should be able to read it without problem.

This means your subconscious mind should also relate multiple meanings to words have many anagrams. So it shouldn’t be any problem to associate God as good, the devil as evil. Now consider the following word relationships: live, evil; god, dog; love, evol.

Pronouncing the words has a pronounced effect. The science of cymatics shows how all spoken sounds take on a vibratory geometry or shape like how you can blow smoke rings by forming your mouth into the shape of the ‘O’. The tibetan monks show how sound can be used to form geometric patterns in a plate of sand particles. So the spoken word can indeed create reality.

Also consider the mind’s ability to combine words and sounds. When someone sneezes you feel customarily obligated to say “Bless you”. But if you sound out the syllables does your subconscious mind also make the connection to the phrase “Be less, you”.

So the very act of blessing someone can also be subconsciously telling them to be less. This is spell casting.

How are we being programmed through our language to go to the sun or hell? Hello?!!!! Helios was the Greek name for the sun. The sun in English as well as other languages such as Latin, is called Sol. We are all said to be souls or to have a soul (Sol). We have a solar plexus and our feet have soles.

Related: Why Words Can “Cut” Your Soul And Are More Powerful Than Swords

is sun in Italian. You are called a person (pertaining to the sun). When a male child is born, he is called a son (sun). The word for sun is sonne in German.

Hu was one of the twelve gods in the Egyptian stellar cult which could explain why we are human. Colors and hues originate from the light of the sun. Politicians encourage soldiers or sol diers to go to war for God and country. Of course, when they die they will go to another dimension (die men sun).

Have you ever wondered why we use the word hello to greet each other? After all, the word can be reduced to hell, the fiery place of eternal punishment and the suffix -o which means “associated with”.

In Greek mythology, Helios, which means “sun”, was the God of the Sun. Is it just a coincidence that you have a soul and that our sun is called Sol?

Related: The Power Of Words And Why Words Can Manifest Life

If so, why do we call those who die in battle soldiers or sol diers? Is that why we say “good morning” when the sun rises - because it is good to see the sun because it gives us life, but we are mourning those who sacrificed their souls to make it possible. Why do we call our male offspring sons? You are called a person. Is it because you pertain to the sun?

Words are defined in a dictionary - dick-shun-nary. Two of the three syllables are negative sounds and theother is a derogative slang term. Synonyms and antonyms are listed in a thesaurus.

‘The’, from the greek ‘theos’, is the root of the-ology, the study of ‘god’ and ‘saurus’ means ‘lizard’. A thesaurus literally means ‘lizard god’. How many names for government entities start with a negative prefix. The word nation is nay-shun. The UN, Un-ited nations, NATO, NASI party, NASA, Norad, Unesco, NASCAR, NATAS, and I’m sure you can come up with others.

How to Ruin a Language with Rune Magic

Do some of the letters or building blocks of our language contain within them a blueprint for the control and possession of our spirits? English has Germanic origins and it is likely that the english letters have their roots in the Germanic runes which were used for magic and casting spells.

From Wikipedia on rune magic: “In 1990, Stephan Grundy, a.k.a. Kveldulf Gundarsson, described runic magic as the active principle as opposed to passive interpretations based on runic divination.

Related: Secret Spells Of The English Language: Our Premiere Life Sentence & The Power Of Language

He held that runic magic is more active than the allegedly shamanic practice of seid practiced by the Seiðkona. Runic magic, he states, uses the runes to affect the world outside based on the archetypes they represent.

Most of Gundarsson’s runic magic entails being in possession of a physical entity that is engraved with any or all of the individual runes or “staves”, so as to practically work with their energies.

The individual runes are reddened with either blood, dyes, or paints. The act of possessing the stave in its final form serves the purpose of affecting the world of form with “the rune might” of that particular stave. After use, the staves are discarded or destroyed.

Gundarsson holds that each rune has a certain sound to it, to be chanted or sung; the sound has in common the phonetic value by which it is represented. This act of singing or chanting is supposed to have more or less the same effect of using the staves in their physical form.

Many of the letters of the English alphabet come directly from the Germanic Runes which were used for magic and spell casting and for causing ‘ruin’. Look at how many English letters you can identify from the Elder Futhark rune set.

Grammar or Grimoire? Goetia & Cymantics

Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are
Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

The word “grammar” comes from grammars which were old Latin books on syntax and diction. The ancient magic books of Europe which contained instructions to summon demons were known as the Grimoires, French word for “grammar”.

A “grimoire” or spellbook is a derivative of the french word “grammaire”. The pronunciation and sound of words affects the matter around us. The science of cymatics is the study of sound vibration on matter and it has been demonstrated with sand on plates that vibration caan cause geometric patterns.

The ancient Goetia spellbooks were used for conjuring up demons and each demon had its own sigil and name.

“IT” & The Creature from the Subconscious “ID”

Stephen King captured the hearts of America with the release of his blockbuster smash hit book, “It”. The video features the menacing face of a clown while the book reveals the clown’s head as a skull with stars in the eye sockets.

Related: What They Want You To Fear Versus The Real Threats We Face

The video jacket reads:

“Your every fear – all in the deadly enemy. It can be anything, a fanged monster that won’t stay on the movie screen, something ominous lurking in the basement or around the next corner. No matter what your biggest fear is, no one knows IT better than Stephen King…

The force takes the shape of a clown, but it isn’t clowning around. Instead, it terrorizes youngsters with their innermost fears, bringing them to untimely doom – until a group of wily neighborhood kids fight back. Thirty years later it resurfaces: meaner, angrier. And the friends who vividly remember the terrors of their youth reunite to make a desperate final stand against it.”

In an interview, King admits he was possessed during the writing of the book.

Let “It”Be & Make “It”So

Sigmund Freud, the father of psychology, invented a model of the psyche which contained three parts to the self: the ego (conscious mind), the superego (superconscious mind) and what he termed the “id” or the subconscious mind. This was the realm of our fears: scary monsters and demons.

Related: Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization

This id was considered a sort of third person subsistent to the conscious and superconscious mind. Of course, we use the word “it” as a sort of third “person” as well in our use of speech. And, of course, subconsciously we have been programmed to accept the abbreviated “ID” as our identity.

We unknowingly give power to this creature and help create “it” every day with our thought and speech. We watch the horor movie “It” by Stephen King and associate all our deep dark subconscious fears with “IT”.

Likewise with the word “thing” (‘everything’. ‘anything’, and ‘nothing’ or no thing) and the use of ambiguous words such as ‘they’ (THEY live), ‘them’ (“If you can’t beat ’em join them”).

We chant the chorus to the song Let It Be over and over again. And it’s no coincidence that IT is the acronym that has been curently assigned to the Information Technology field, or computers, for IT very well may be an artificial intelligence or computer.

Related: World’s First Robot Citizen Wants Her Own Family, Career & AI ‘Superpowers’

For a detailed analysis and many more examples of “IT” please reference my page on this phenomenon.

Extra! Extra! Click here to “read all about IT“.

We really need to learn to speak with a more conscious language in mind, ever aware of how we think our thoughts in our minds and how we word our sentences!

“S”- Lang

Consider the English letter ‘S‘. First of all, it looks like a snake or serpent - one that has risen up and is ready to strike or if viewed from overhead it looks like one that is perhaps crawling along. In two-dimensional space, it looks like a sideways wave and in 3-D space it looks like a spiral, both paths that energy follows.

Related: Lucis Trust, Alice Bailey, World Goodwill And Lucifer - The False Light Of The World

The letter ‘s’ is used in English to denote “possession”, which is Satan’s specialty, by placing it at the end of a word with an apostrophe. Plurality or the concept of multiplication or creation, is achieved by appending an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to a word.

These two facts, coupled with the sheer number of words in our language means the ‘S’ sound is one of the most, if not single most, frequently uttered sounds in our speech.

Although the vowels are used frequently, they have more than one sound associated with them, a long and short sound.

There are probably more esses used in our speech than any other sound. Virtually every sentence we speak contains one or more of these hissing sounds. It would not be accurate to say we sound like hissing snakes when we speak, but our incessant hissing probably reminds us of it at some level subconsciously.

Not only does the letter ‘S’ physically represent the snake or serpent, phonetically it even sounds like a snake!! It sounds exactly like the hissing sound a snake makes – sssssssss – when it “shakes” its tail. The word hiss even ends in a double-s.

And, of course, the words snake and serpent are both s-words as well as Satan, who the Bible says took the form of a snake. He was said to have told mankind a secret - that man would not die if he ate of the fruit.

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

Of course, when you want to tell someone a secret you say, “pssssssst, come here…” or if you want to keep a secret you say “Shhhhhhhhhhhhh!!“. The dollar sign, $, is the standard symbol for English currency.

Money is said to be the root of all evil. Not only does the ‘S’ look like a snake (Satan), and sound like a snake, which is known for shedding its skin, but nearly all words that begin with the letter ‘s’ have a negative connotation associated with them. That is why they can be considered s-words, or swords, because they can kill and injure like a sword.

These s-words are a seal or stamp associated with Satan, Satan’s Slang or s-lang. The word lang is defined in the dictionary as an abbreviation for the word “language”.

Satan, the snake or serpent also known as Set, slithers about striving to snatch, steal, or strip us of our souls or spirits and is obsessed with possessing or seizing them.

He, or she, is subtle, sly, sneaky, slick, slippery, scaly, secretive, scary, spins, spirals or screws into your soul and possesses you and seizes your spirit.

is his peach and when we speak, Satan is at his peak as far as deception is concerned. The words “possesses”, “obsesses”, “seizes” contain a multiple s-sound and are words pertaining to control.

Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

The word ess, which is defined as the pronunciation for the letter ‘s’, becomes the word esse when a silent ‘e’ is added. The word esse means “to be” which is where we get the word essence and the word essay which is sort of a written speech and comes from the Old French esai which means “to put to a test” which is what Satan did to Jesus in the wilder-ness.

The suffix “-ness” also means a state of being, like loneliness or business. It’s interesting that the Loch Ness in Scotland is said to contain a serpent creature named “Nessie” which nests there.

Yes, Satan certainly is a “Busy Ness” when it comes to the business world and show business. And he specializes in monkey business. One should keep this in mind before wishing for good-ness.

A partial list of s-words: sun, shine, soul, spirit, Satan, Samael, Set, sin, serpent, snake, salamander, hisses, siren, spell, steal, scales, shed, skin, slither, slimy, slip, slide, shake, strike, scare, sly, sneak, stealth, secret, subtle, slash, slice, slay, slit, shoot, strip, smack, smite, sword, spook, possesses, obsesses, spin, screw, smell, say, speak, salacious, spiral, pssssssst, sssssssshhhh

Shit! I, mean, Sheesh! It is not easy to think of positive s-words and double “ss” words are even worse. The swastika resembles two esses and the word ‘swastika’ has two of them in number.

Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

The Nazis had the “SS” and the ‘ss’ logo which looked like lightening bolts.

The far reaching extent in which the spell our language has cast on us can be seen in the every day usage of cliche. Our languages are saturated with what we like to call killer words and phrases because that’s what they do. Englishmen use the word bloody all the time… bloody well right, they do!!! Some women are considered drop dead gorgeous… and when they are dressed to kill, they are to die for. She was a dead ringer for Marilyn Monroe. 

If looks could kill
 they would because she will take your breath away.

Wouldn’t you just kill for a date with her? Sometimes she really gets under my skin and burns me up, but if anyone tries to hurt her, they would have to go“over my dead body because I will punch their lights out if they get near her. I’m serious as a heart attack. I’m dead serious.

She can be as mean as a snake at times, but she really knew how to kill ‘em with kindness. I was dead set for her. I could have just died right there. I mean, I felt like I had just died and gone to heaven

Related: The Art Of Word Magic And Its Connection To Freedom And Christmas

Eat your heart out. She was a live wire, but at least I would go out in a blaze of glory.

I don’t want to beat a dead horse, but she really took me for a ride. Of course, I wore my heart on my sleeve the whole time, but I was scared to death I might lose her because you really have to keep your eyes peeled to find a good one. Not to be a killjoy, but I’m dead to the world around most women, dead as a doorknob.

Ok, that was overkill and painful to read, but it did make a point. Think about the terms we use when we wish good luck to others. “Break a leg, kid” or “Knock ‘em dead!” Or if someone borrows something from us we say, “Go ahead, knock yourself out.” Even time is not immune to our sadistic ways…”time to kill”, “just killing time”.

Why do Christians conclude their prayers by invoking the name of an Egyptian deity, Amen, who had the body of a man and a ram’s head when Satan is depicted as a horned god having a goat’s head?

Why does the American dollar bill (known as a buck) have an Egyptian pyramid on its reverse side accompanied by the Latin phrase “Anuuit Coeptis Novus Ordo Seclorum” which can be translated “Announcing the Birth of a New World Order”?

Related: The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

Why does the American military wear a chevron as an insignia patch when the word derives from the French word chevre, which means “goat”, and On, the Egyptian City of the Sun?

If the word God traces back to the Indo-European root “ghut-” or the German “gott”, why does the changing of the vowel from a short sound to a long sound render the word “goat”?

Why does Christmas, the birthday of the Son of God, coincide with the birthday of the Sun of God at the winter solstice, the three days when the sun is at its lowest point on the Southern Cross, appears to stand still for three days, and then rises or is born again?

Is this why Easter is celebrated during the Spring Equinox when the East Star, the Sun, has risen? Why is Santa an anagram for Satan? What exactly does Old Nick really mean? And what is a jingle bell?

Why do we have company and product names like Chevron, Capri Sun, Shiner Bock, Star Bucks, and Sears and Roebuck? What is a Sun Kist or a Star Kist? Why are sports contests called ball games and why do we idolize rock stars such as Kid Rock?

Related: We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies

The genre of Horror films possesses other “creature features” with “It” in the title. There was “It Lives!”, “It Lives Again”, “It Came From the Sea”, “It Came From Outer Space”, and “It’s Alive!” which is the expression Doctor Frankenstein made famous when he brought his monster to life.

From the time we were young, we have been told over and over again that IT is a scary creature that this association has become deeply embedded within the recesses of our mind.

On the Adamms Family, Cousin Itt was a monster. Itt communicated via a high speed gibberish that only members of the Addams family seemed to understand.

Cousin Itt’s voice was provided by sound-effects engineer Tony Magro, who created Itt’s garbled responses by mouthing gibberish into a tape recorder, with a “ppffft and a thhhhhttt” added for good measure, and then accelerating the tape’s recording speed.

Related: The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends

The eyes have it. What do the eyes have? What or who is it? The eyes are the windows to the soul. In Saturday Night Live, Dana Carvey played the Church Lady who asked, “Could IT be… Satan?”

That IT refers to Satan can seen in the phrase “when It rains, It pours.” Satan, the goat God, is also known as Pan, the Piper. The word gote, a variant spelling of goat, means a channel or pipe for water and comes from the Old English word geotan which means “to pour”! So when It reigns, It pours.

When children play hide and seek, someone always has to be “it”. All the other children run and hide from whoever’s “it”. “It” then goes roaming around trying to find and capture whoever’s not “it”. When someone is found they are tagged as the new “it” - “Tag, you’re it!!”

10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control

The Beatles’ Paul McCartney said the idea for the song “Let it Be” came to him in a dream. He chants the line over and over and we all sing along almost willing it into existence.

Every time the song is played on the radio, thousands and thousands are sending forth thought and sound vibrations into the air. We use the word “it” in our language over and over all the time. Could it be possible to manifest a creature from the id, or from the subconscious? Think of these songs: Bread’s “Make it with you”,

The Scorpions “Make it Real”:

“…Make it real, not fantasy
Did you ever have a secret yearning?
Don’t you know it could come true?
Now’s the time to set wheels turning
To open up your life for you
As you know there’s always good and evil
Make your choice, Don’t be blind
Open up your mind and don’t be trivial
There’s a whole new world to find
Make it real, not fantasy…”

The Michael Jackson song “Who is it?”

“…(Who is it?)
It is a friend of mine
(Who is it?)
Is it my brother?
(Who is it?)
Somebody hurt my soul
(Who is it?)
I can’t take this stuff no more…”

In this song, Michael explains who IT is:

“Can you feel it in the air
Ghosts be hiding everywhere

I’m gonna be
Exactly what you wanna see
It’s you who’s haunting me
You’re warning me
To be the stranger
In your life

Am I amusing you
Or just confusing you?
Am I the beast
You visualized?
And if you wanna to see
I’ll be grotesque
Before your eyes

Let them all materialize

Is that scary for you, baby
Am I scary for you, oh
Is it scary for you, baby
Is it scary for you?”

How about songs like Mariah Carey’s Make It Happen or Bread’s Make It with You? Star Trek’s Captain Picard says “Make it so.”

Nike inundates us with the “Just Do It” slogan and the swoosh logo.

Related: Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

People do things “just for the hell of it”. Believe it. Keep it real. To hell with it!!! Keep it up. Let it ride. Pass it on. Get with it.

Are you with it? Go for it. Hop to it. Bring it on. Get it together. Play it again, Sam. There’s something to it. Check it out. Figure it out. I love it!! When someone dies, “I guess that was it”. Live it up. Let it go. Do you get it? i get it! How’s it going? It’s going good! How’s it hanging? Don’t let it end. Who can it be now? It’s a wonderful life (the ‘i deal’ life). Let’s make it last. You’ve got it made. Give it a try. Grin and bear it. It just so happens. Leave it alone. Give it a rest. How sweet it is. It’s what you make it. I can see it in your eyes. Get it together. What is it? Get over it. The devil made me do it. Whatever it takes. Now you see it, now you don’t. Cut it out. Whoomp, there it is.

I’m not going to stand for it. Take it away boys. It looks so real. Say it ain’t so. Give it up. It could happen to you. It can’t be true (it always lies). I can feel it in my bones. It’s a mystery. Give it everything you’ve got.

It’s all in your head. I can’t get it out of my head. It’s in the way that you use it. Get it, got it? Good. Could it be? Don’t even try it. Sit on it.

Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

The Energizer bunny took the world by storm in one of the best advertising campaigns in history.

The slogan which was for batteries that create energy was “It keeps going and going…” and became a household phrase for many years. Alka Seltzer encourages us to “Try it, you’ll like it!” Compaq asks the question, “Has it changed your life yet?” And American Express admonishes us to “Don’t Leave Home without It.”

The company Sobe had this ad on their web site encouraging us to “get it up” and to “keep it up”.

The Lexicon of Love

we all “fall” inlove sometimes
blinded by love
from make up to break up
love is the drug
i got a crush on you
i just died in your arms tonight
crazy for you
dying to be with you
hurts so bad
i gave her my heart
addicted to love
take my breath away
i’m lost without your love
breaking up is hard to do
you put a spell on me, under her spell, spellbound
love hurts, love bites, love stinks, lovestruck baby
love is a battlefield
drunk in love
stole/captured my heart/soul
dazed and confused
cupid shoots an arrow through the heart
poison arrow
why do fools fall in love
how can you men a “broken heart”
heartbreak hotel
unbreak my heart
heart skips a beat
heart attack
killer looks
over the moon
all’s fair in love and war
50% marriages end in divorce

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Satanic Entertainment Industry & Katt Williams Thoroughly Exposes The Satanic Entertainment Industry In Bombshell Interview
June 30 2024 | From: PrepareForChange / VigilantCitizen / Various

If you believe that the music and entertainment industry is there simply to entertain us and make money in the process for its artists, promoters and producers, please think again.

Popular music especially and its highly-paid exponents are merely pawns of the Elite and are there in order to further manipulate our minds – especially those of impressionable youth and now even young children.

Related: Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think

There is a long history of manipulation in the music industry, going back many, many years. 

The music ‘business’ itself has actually been around since medieval times, but can only be referred to as a true ‘industry’ since the early nineteenth century with the simultaneous developments of the orchestra, the employment of conductors and certain publishing and printing innovations that allowed music to be easily transcribed, passed-on from person to person and to be sold as sheet music.

In the early eighteenth century, there is recorded to have been around 8500 composers of music in Europe alone and yet around 8400 of them, despite the fact that their music may have been brilliant or innovative, have never had their music extensively published or played, other than in small, localised concert halls and much of it is today now long-forgotten, lost or deliberately buried. 

Why should this be? Mainly because, as today, the music industry then had its favourites and certain personalities including the likes of Mozart, who whilst feted as a celebrity of his time, probably did not compose much of the music attributed to him then and since.

Related: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

Mozart was simply a manufactured ‘focal point’ in effect, upon which the money-interests of the music business of the time could focus and from whom it could derive its profits, as was Beethoven. 

This may well sound cynical and possibly unbelievable, but I can assure you that it is true. How similar to today then? 

Today’s music industry is rife with such characters, people who have been chosen and indeed ‘created’ to be focal points and the personalities, celebrities if you will, who carry the burden of providing profits for an intensely money-focussed industry, ultimately regardless of the degree of talent they may or may not possess.

Musical history does not wish us to be aware of this fact; it just wishes to continue to promote the popular icons of the day, focussing on an artificially generated, elite group of composers who with the passage of time have been placed on pedestals and thus made immortal, just as many famous rock stars have been made the ‘saints’ of the new religion that is music, today.

The involvement of occultists in the creation of the ‘superstars’ of their day, such as Mozart, Beethoven and Haydn, cannot be ignored. Indeed the occult influence in music has always been a factor and today is absolutely rife throughout the whole of the music industry.

There is also a long history of connectivity from music to mind control going back to the 1950s when ‘pop music’ in its present form was first pushed upon an unsuspecting world by the mass-manipulators of the Frankfurt School and the Tavistock Institute and many performers, singers and members of bands are manipulated into promoting a satanic agenda by recording labels and producers who are also ‘up to their eyes’ in the deadly scheme. 

Related: How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

Is it at all artistic for people to sing about pain, suffering, death, sadness and despair in such quantities and who would want to taint the formerly beautiful art of music with such things? 

It is actually an essential aspect of the latter-day degeneration of music and the lowering of consciousness. 

This works in the same vein as film and television programmes that seem to have now evolved into excessively depressing and/or violent experiences for the viewer, even for very young children who are being increasingly exposed to overt sex and violence and when those few who still actually care about such things complain or point it out they are often labelled as a ‘prude’ or ‘old-fashioned’. 

Often today music is excessively depressing, replete with songs contain lyrics extolling the virtues of extreme selfishness, greed, violence, death, suicide and murder. 

And this is not just in heavy metal (the previous chief culprit) any longer but has now been expanded to all forms of modern music even the ‘middle of the road’ ballads aimed at the younger, more impressionable generation. 

Even fun ‘children’s’ pop music, the likes of which our children and grandchildren listen to all the time, is not immune and is often riddled with overt, sexually explicit and satanic and occult lyrics.

Interestingly, a huge number of artists have commented publicly and even composed songs about literally ‘selling their souls’ to the devil to further their musical careers. 

Related: The Fight to Save Us From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

Many well-known rock artists are well-versed in the occult and are aware that spiritual entities and multidimensional ‘demons’ can manifest themself through music of a lower vibrational nature. 

They have admitted that they use rock music and the rhythms, the lower guttural tones, and their insidious lyrics to lower the vibrational levels of concerts and thus their attendees. 

They have also even admitted countless times that they are possessed by their own music and have little control over where these vibrations lead them. 

This is typical of almost any satanic ‘ritual’ or practice; the lowering of consciousness and allowing lower vibrational entities to control a person. 

These practices often lead to complete loss of control and it was well known to the people at the last Woodstock anniversary concert that a form of ‘bad energy’ had manifested itself throughout the huge audience following many hours and days of extremely heavy, depressive and violent songs.

This information emanates from many sources; there have been many books written and several films made on the subject and many well-known artists have been exposed and even admitted themselves that this is taking place. 

Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

However, the idea that rock music is a tool of the ‘devil’ has been pushed so relentlessly by religious leaders and evangelists that people are now more often likely to laugh at or mock the idea, rather than take it seriously. 

Nevertheless, well-known musicians are often reported as admitting to the practice of Satanism and their friends or colleagues will often mention that they have multiple personalities and that ‘what you see on the stage is not really that person’.

Unfortunately, rock and pop music has become mostly a grossly degenerative art form. Some musicians are exempt from this tag, but the music industry contributes to this view generally by actually enhancing and promoting the popularity of the ‘heaviest’ bands or the most emotionally depressing artists. 

The rock music of today is several magnitudes darker and more depressing than Led Zeppelin, Black Sabbath and other well-known ‘devil-rockers’ of past decades and at the time these bands were considered the very epitome of evil by the deeply religious. 

Heavy metal music has now become almost completely demonic per se and many performers revel in this fact, openly flaunting it. It is devolution of society and the art of music for the purpose of lowering the vibration of the consciousness in order to manipulate the youth of today into fulfilling the purposes of the Elite. 

Related: The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

It is, in short the next baby-step on the road to the complete undermining of human society and the human psyche in order to exert control over minds.

As I say, many artists are aware of this and some became aware of the fact that they have been manipulated by the music industry or began to recollect memories of their brainwashing, either through the military or through ‘handlers’ who often happen to be their manager. 

These are often the artists we know to have so famously died by ‘drug overdose’ or have suffered other strange deaths. 

Many of these artists have either confided before their deaths in individuals who would later relay this information to those behind the scenes in the music industry or indeed may even ‘go public’ with their knowledge as did Michael Jackson shortly before his untimely demise at the hands of his ‘doctor’. 

Jackson had been telling anyone and everyone during the period prior to his death that the CEO of Sony, Tommy Mottola (who by the way virtually owned Jackson body and soul, if not actually literally) was ‘the devil incarnate’.  A metaphor or figure of speech?  Maybe, maybe not.

The deeper that one delves into this murky pit, the more one realises that the ‘musical greats’ are often occultists with exceptional talent and who are intentionally using that talent to manipulate the consciousness of listeners. 

Related: "Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings

However, I also believe that many of the ‘household-name’ musicians early in their careers are lured into a subtle trap baited with money and fame but then once their handlers in the recording companies completely sink their claws and teeth into them, they realise that they are caught, with no possible escape route and thus are condemned to continue with their charade for the rest of their careers, which often ends prematurely for one reason or another. 

The premature end to musical careers can and does occur for several reasons. Obviously, there are some genuine cases of accidental drug overdoses, but I am equally sure that some of these are murders and some suicides. 

But in any case we should also then ask the question as to why drug overdose and suicide (murder?) is so prevalent among this group of people?

There is so much information on this topic that could be included, that to do it justice would really justify a book in its own right. 

The number of examples of the satanic nature of the entertainment business is truly staggering and so we will concentrate on a few specific examples and events, but please bear in mind that this is only the tiniest sliver of ice on top of the very tip of an extremely large iceberg.

Premature death seems to be an occupational hazard amongst so-called celebrities in all fields. Again there are many reasons for this, some of them even genuine ones, but there are also many suspicious ones, some of them extremely suspicious bordering on the blatantly obvious. 

Related: Paris Jackson Interview: Michael Jackson Was “Absolutely” Murdered

As stated above, Michael Jackson would fall neatly into that particular category, as would Whitney Houston who died shortly before my writing of this article in early 2012 and as the most recent incidents tend to be the ones that are freshest in the mind, let us concentrate on that particular one.

"It’s a very predictable pattern that happens with all famous artists. They become valuable commodities. If they were shares, you would see Bay Street buying them up and fundamentally, it’s the realisation that it’s the end of the artist’s productivity, that they won’t produce anything more that sparks the buying frenzy.” 

- Theo Peridis, professor of strategic management at York University

Regarding Whitney Houston’s sad demise (11th February 2012) and as with any other recently deceased ‘megastar’, it is a fact that the record company stood to gain massively in terms of vastly increased sales, albeit short-term. 

However how much better for them to have a short, one-off major boost than a long, lingering virtually profit-less demise to any artist’s career?

The 2012 Grammy Awards took place shortly after the sudden, mysterious death of Whitney Houston. As the old tradition would have it, the show went on nevertheless, but not without an abundance of strange symbolism and ritualism that made it extremely clear that there is a definite ‘dark side’ to the entertainment business.

Related: The 2023 MET Gala: A Ridiculous Parade of Industry Slaves

Upon retrospective analysis of the facts surrounding Whitney Houston’s death coupled with the symbolic elements of the 2012 Grammy awards, the entire event has the look and feel of an occult ritual, complete with a blood sacrifice, a celebration and even a ‘re-birth’. 

Some of the things described below were pre-planned, while others were possibly just odd coincidences. Let us now examine the most significant events that happened during the fateful weekend of Houston’s death.

Whitney Houston’s untimely death is strikingly similar to many other celebrity ‘sacrifices’.  

Accounts of strange events before the death, the bizarre behaviour of the so-called authorities when the death was discovered, conflicting reports, the vagueness surrounding the cause of the death and last but not least, a typical response from the music industry via the Grammys ‘ceremony’. 

Her case indeed followed the same pattern as several other celebrity deaths that were blamed on drug excesses, despite much conflicting, albeit circumstantial evidence to the contrary. 

As was the case for other celebrities, the controlled media almost immediately began a campaign depicting Whitney as a hopeless drug addict.  Maybe she was a drug addict, but if so, that is probably just a convenient side-issue, a symptom of the true killer of Whitney, ie. the much vaunted entertainment industry itself.

Related: What Happened To Prince?

As with the cases of Michael Jackson, Amy Winehouse, Heath Ledger, Brittany Murphy and many others too numerous to mention, going back through the years, bizarre events both preceded and followed the death of Whitney Houston and after even a cursory examination of those events, it is impossible not to ponder as to whether her death (and the others) was truly an accident or a deliberate ‘sacrifice’ planned and undertaken by hidden hands? 

The majority of mainstream media sources have emphasised the drugs connection ad nauseum but several, more reliable sources have revealed other details that may provide evidence for an alternative view of the situation.

At the Beverley Hilton where Whitney Houston died, in the ballroom several floors below her suite of rooms at the time of her death, there was a ‘pre-Grammys’ party in full-swing. 

As the news broke regarding her death, Whitney was still lying there in her room in her fourth floor suite. She had been discovered dead in her bath, but it is unclear exactly by whom as there were several people in her suite at that time (3.50pm local time). Her body was not moved out until shortly before the party ended around midnight.

What has not been made public (at least in the mainstream) is that at around 11pm, paramedics were called again and security services and police also rushed to the scene and a medical-type wheelchair with restraints was also wheeled-in as Whitney’s daughter Bobbi Kristina had become hysterical and paramedics were on the point of removing her to the hospital. 

Why should this happen, at least seven hours after Whitney’s death? 

Very strange indeed.

Related: Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

Also, at 2.30am during the night immediately preceding Whitney’s death, a man in a 3rd floor room immediately beneath her suite complained that water was cascading into his room from above. 

This was no mere trickle this was a full-blown gushing of water. He called security and accompanied them upstairs to see for himself what on earth was going-on. According to this man, it was the bathtub that was overflowing but he noticed that a large-screen television had also been smashed.

Significant or not, neither of these incidents were reported by the mainstream media at the time or as far as I know, since the event and from an organisation that usually picks-up on the most trivial of incidents and blows them out of all proportion, I have to say I find that fact more than a little strange, to say the least.

So as it turned-out then, there was a party in full-swing going on three floors below Whitney’s body whilst it just lay there for hours on end. Is this not more than a little distasteful especially given the fact that many of the attendees were Whitney’s close colleagues and friends and acquaintances in the music business? 

Why was it not simply cancelled out of respect for her death or was there some kind of warped thrill to be had in partying-on below the dead body? 

Could it even have been part of some sick ritual or ceremony?  It would not surprise me in the least, given the track record of these people.

Related: Finger In Every Pie: How CIA Produces Our ‘News’ And Entertainment

Immediately before Whitney’s death, in another strange occurrence, she had been seen fraternising with a person who had also been hanging around Michael Jackson through his last few months alive and in the hours leading up to his death. 

This man goes by the name of Raffles van Exel (a pseudonym if ever I heard one). He apparently is from Amsterdam in Holland and has also been known to use the aliases of Raffles Dawson and Raffles Benson. 

He was present in Whitney’s suite of rooms at the time of her demise and apparently appeared downstairs in the hotel lobby shortly thereafter wearing aviator-type sunglasses and ostentatiously weeping and wailing. 

His usual entourage was there with him, including Quinton Aaron, a Hollywood B-grade movie actor and despite his terrible shock at Whitney’s death he still somehow managed to force himself to attend the party in the ballroom. He was bearing Whitney’s entry ticket in his hand when he entered the room to what was apparently an outpouring of sympathy, but obviously not enough sympathy to actually halt the party.

A security guard confirmed that Exel had been hanging around Whitney for a few days and was actually pictured standing behind her as she emerged from a nightclub earlier that week, looking confused and disorientated. 

So who really is this Exel character? He apparently was to be seen hanging around Michael Jackson and his family and friends during Jackson’s child molestation trial also. No-one really seems to know who he is for sure, but he is often seen and pictured around celebrities.

Related: Was Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch A Mind-Control Programming Site?

Exel claims to own several companies including Raffles Entertainment and also claims to be the manager of Chaka Khan.  There are a multitude of photos of him on the Internet posing with almost everyone who is anyone. He apparently does not respond to any emails or phone messages to his published contact points and thus very much remains the archetypal ‘mystery man’.

So, was Exel an instrumental part in Whitney’s death in any way and had she become persona non gratis to the Elite’s music industry in some way? Was she becoming ‘out of control’ or ‘losing’ her programming perhaps? 

It has been reported that she had had premonitions about her own demise (where have we heard this before?) and shortly before her death she allegedly passed a note to her friend, the singer, Brandy who flatly refused to reveal its contents, other than to ambiguously state that ‘Whitney meant everything to me. She’s the reason that I sing’.

There is also an occult/numerology connection to Houston’s death, in this case a connection with the number 11. 

In occult rites the number 11 is a master number as it cannot be reduced and because it exceeds the number 10 (regarded as perfection) by 1, it is also linked to black magic and ‘bad vibrations’. Kabbalists tend to associate this number with transgression of the law, sorcery and possibly significantly, martyrdom.

It is also linked to sacrifice. For example, 9/11, the twin towers looked like a large number 11 and Remembrance/Veterans Day the 11/11 at the 11th hourThere is yet another link to consider and that is concerning Lady Gaga (another mind-controlled MK Ultra slave) and previous Grammy awards ceremonies. 

Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

Gaga had close links to the fashion designer, Alexander MacQueen who was strongly involved with the occult and mind control and who himself died on the 11th February 2010, exactly two years to the day before Houston. 

Could it also be significant that Whitney Houston’s room number the day that she died, was 434 which in numerology equates to 4+3+4 =11.  Again, certainly food for thought.

At the Grammy awards ceremony in 2011, Lady Gaga said:

"I need to thank Whitney Houston.  I wanted to thank Whitney, because when I wrote ‘Born this Way’, I imagined she was singing it because I wasn’t secure enough in myself to imagine I was a superstar. So, Whitney, I imagined you were singing ‘Born This Way’ when I wrote it."

‘Born this Way’, surprise of surprises was released on the 11th February 2011, exactly one year to the day before Whitney’s death. Significant? Most certainly, I would venture to suggest. It is highly likely that Gaga (or more likely her controllers) in conjunction with Houston’s, planned it all very carefully. Gaga’s outfit for the 2012 awards was all-black, possibly symbolically signifying death?

Lady GaGa - Satan's Puppet

Related: Britney Spears: A Life Under Monarch Mind Control

Celine Dion was extraordinarily quick in apportioning the blame for Whitney’s death. During a TV interview shortly after the event, she blamed the bad influence of the industry and even stated the need to be ‘afraid’ of it and its over-reaching influence.

"It’s just really unfortunate that drugs, bad people or bad influence took over. It took over her dreams. 

It took over her love and motherhood. When you think about Elvis Presley and Marilyn Monroe and Michael Jackson and Amy Winehouse, to get into drugs like that, for whatever reason, is it because of the stress and bad influence? 

What happens when you have everything? What happens when you have love, support, the family, motherhood? You have responsibilities of a mother and then something happens and it destroys everything. 

That’s why I don’t do parties and I don’t hang out. That’s why I’m not part of show business.

We have to be afraid. I’ve always said you have to have fun and do music and you can never be part of show business because you don’t know what it’s going to get you into.

You have to do your work and get out of there.”  

- Celine Dion

"I think we all, as artists, because we’re highly sensitive people and this machine around us, this so-called ‘music industry,’ is such a demonic thing. 

It sacrifices people’s lives and their essences at the drop of a dime…

I had a manager once say to me, ‘You know you’re worth more money dead than alive’.”

- Chaka Khan

Are Chaka Khan’s references to ‘demonic’ and ‘sacrifices’, to be taken literally? Judging by the symbolism at the Grammy awards and the strangeness surrounding Whitney Houston’s death and that of many others down the years, it would certainly appear so.

Related: “A Certain Sacrifice”: Madonna’s First Movie That Ends With a Satanic Ritual Sacrifice

Please understand however that the above events are just one example and one tiny pinprick on the finger-tip of the very large body of evidence linking show business to the satanic arts. 

Many, many artistes are said to be involved in this whole charade, many knowingly but nevertheless unable to escape its clutches for fear of the Michael Jackson/Whitney Houston experience befalling them and many unknowingly through subtle mind-control techniques as described previously in this book.

The presence of occult, satanic and Illuminati/freemasonic symbolism throughout the whole entertainment industry is rife, to say the very least.

During the 1950s and 60s, occult practices were slowly but surely absorbed into popular music and today the industry literally thrives by using an outward spectacle of occult and satanic rituals and symbolism. 

The entire music and entertainment industry is an important indoctrination tool used by and for the Elite and many musicians are introduced to Satanism and occultism. 

Today, the most popular musicians, such as for example, Lady Gaga and Britney Spears are totally controlled by the occult and the music industry and Hollywood are fixated by Black Magic and Witchcraft. 

Music has always been associated with the occult and can be effectively used as a tool for programming minds.

Related: Lucifer Revisited: The Testimony Of Eracidni Murev Te & Christopher Lee Describes The Power Of Satanic Rituals In 1975 Video

Satanism and the occult are also known to specifically extract energy from humans who are manipulated into trances.  Throughout the twentieth century and now into the twenty-first, music has been manipulated from its initial state of innocence, goodness and wholesomeness to become in many cases, downright vile and nasty. 

Throughout the world many people, especially the 10-30 age range are listening to vacuous, emotionally-numbing and trance-inducing negatively-vibrational music and demonic lyrics, which at one time were uniquely present within heavy metal rock, but now seem to emanate from and be present in all genres.

‘Rock and Roll’ originally emerged as a defined musical style in the United States in the early to mid-1950s. 

It is descended directly from the rhythm and blues music of the 1940s, which itself developed from earlier blues, jazz and swing music and was also influenced by gospel, country and western and traditional folk music. 

Rock and Roll in turn gave birth to ‘rock music’ in general and over the last fifty years the individual musical genres have expanded greatly, presumably in order to cater for everyone’s individual tastes and ensure that no-one escapes the net.

It is extremely important to identify which types of music are harmful to the human psyche and which are negative. 

The vast majority of pre-1950s music calibrates in our consciousness as positive and positive consciousness in turn creates high levels of confidence and a healthy self-esteem.  

Related: The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends

This cannot be said however of a vast majority of post 1950s music, especially from the 1980s onwards. 

Its insidious influence on our psyches has no doubt left its mark on us all to a greater or lesser degree and there is no doubt that certain songs, artists and lyrics contribute in some way, however large or small, to the huge increase in suicide among the under 25 age groups, which stands at record levels and is no doubt welcomed enthusiastically by the Elite in line with their stated policy of huge population reduction.

Indeed, music has a very strong, very definite physiological and psychological effect on people, especially the more impressionable among us. Disharmonic, discordant and cacophonic music engenders a number of negative behaviours, although those affected are often unaware of the extreme effect it is having upon them.

When Mick Jagger of The Rolling Stones wrote the song ‘Sympathy for the Devil’, in the 1960s, this was one of the first examples of Satanism in rock music. 

To many observers, the occult and Satanism began to expand its influence through such bands as Led Zeppelin and even the Eagles a band which is generally regarded as being ‘soft’ rock oriented. 

And so the Elite now performs its satanic rituals upon us all, via our favourite musicians and through all the dozens of pop music TV channels that exist today and also their contrived, highly ritualistic awards ceremonies in front of millions of deluded viewers.

Related: The Hidden Symbols and Messages in “Squid Game”

The American researcher and author, David McGowan in his serialised Internet story, ‘The Strange Story of Laurel Canyon’, relates how most of the popular musicians and entertainers in the 1960s had some connection to the American military and thus to the myriad of intelligence networks. 

He tells the totally credible story of how these artists were ‘artificially’ brought to prominence at this time and describes the strange goings-on around the music scene in those days and the insidious influence that these people and their suspect connections had on the music of that period and henceforward from that time.

In 1985, the New Solidarity newspaper, which has since been closed-down by the US federal government, conducted an interview with Hezekiah Ben Aaron, who at the time was the third-ranking member of the Church of Satan. 

In this interview, Aaron revealed that it was his ‘Church’ that started such heavy-metal genre rock groups as Black Sabbath, The Blue Oyster Cult and many others. 

The Church of Satan was then headed by its high priest, Anton LaVey but many people believe that LaVey, was just a front man for the real high priest, Kenneth Anger, the man who had been responsible for introducing the Rolling Stones to the occult.

It is a fact that the human brain thinks at a rate of approximately eight thoughts per second and that the eyes see 20 to 30 separate actions per second, but the brain only uses eight of these to send to the conscious mind. 

Related: The Disturbing (and Deeply Irritating) Globalist Agendas in the James Bond Movie “No Time to Die”

The subconscious absorbs the rest, subliminally and indiscriminately.

However, most live musical performances incorporate video screens with their music at 30 frames per second at the standard American television resolution but they colour eight of the 30 frames differently. 

They choose which ones we think consciously about and which are just subconsciously absorbed as programming.  Hollywood has used this trick, invented originally by Disney, for many years. 

It is now illegal in television commercials and regarded as subliminal advertising, which, as most people know is an extremely powerful conditioning tool.

The ‘eight per second’ frequency is also used by bass tones or bass drums or lights or all together, in a concert or live-show setting and this has the same effect upon the brain as does hypnosis. 

That is it fragments analytical thoughts so that certain mispronounced or difficult to understand lyrics are immediately absorbed by the subconscious mind. 

If we then add in a mix of illegal drugs and fake (or even real) sacrificial blood, create a circle with a pentagram using the stage lights and positions of the musicians within it, place large speakers in strategic positions for 13 separate points of origin of musical sound, altogether this constitutes a bona fide ‘Black Mass’ replete with ‘sacred geometry’.

Related: Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist? You Could Be And Not Even Know It + Ask An Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual

So we have now seen how pop culture is filled with occult and masonic symbolism. The Illuminati symbolism apparent in Gaga’s stage and TV appearances is utterly blatant and is becoming so transparent that analyses almost become a simple statement of the obvious. 

Her whole persona, whether it is an act or not, is a tribute to mind control, freemasonry and the occult where being vacuous, compliant, incoherent and simply absent-minded is manipulated into being a ‘fashionable’, desirable state.

Incorporated in the videos, photos and shows of Lady Gaga and many other pop icons, is symbolism that refers explicitly to the Elite and to mind control. 

This symbolism is deep, esoteric and even pseudo-spiritual and whilst millions of young people imitate Gaga’s gestures, her act is part of a much bigger picture that includes many other ‘stars’ displaying and promoting the same overt symbolism.  

‘Lady Gaga’ is in fact a fake persona, a manufactured Illuminati puppet, created to unduly influence the impressionable youth of today and to indoctrinate them into the insidious ways of the Elite. 

In this she is not alone, by far the vast majority of the mainstream music industry is also under their deceptive spell.

Related Articles:

The Presence of Satanism in Hollywood

The normalization of satanism and witchcraft is now nearly complete

Insider Exposes Hollywood's Satanic Underside

The Entertainment Industry is Riddled with Satanic Symbolism: The Pentagram

The Eurovision 2024 Finale Was Basically a Demonic Ritual

The Much-Overlooked Symbolism in Roman Polanski’s “The Ninth Gate”

The Absolute Hypocrisy of the Movie “Barbie”

The Incredibly Eerie Circumstances Surrounding Matthew Perry’s Death

“J Christ”: Lil Nas X is Not Trolling, He’s a Pawn of Demonic Industry

The Occult Meaning of The Weeknd’s Super Bowl Performance

Actress Gina Carano Removed From ‘The Mandalorian’ Following Instagram Post

The Hidden Meaning of “Chemtrails Over the Country Club” by Lana Del Rey

What Really Got Gina Carano Cancelled

Eurovision Song "El Diablo" Sparks Protests for its Satanic Message

The unbearable victim complex of Meghan Markle

What's Really Behind The Oprah Interview With Harry And Meghan

The Occult Meaning of Lil Nas X’s “Montero” and the Symbolism of His “Satan Shoes”

DMX Hated the Industry … and it Hated Him Right Back

Italian Artist Sells Invisible Sculpture For $18,000

TV Adverts Affect Some More Than Others - Study

The Bad Boy Records Curse: Why So Many Artists Who Signed With Diddy Became Religious?

Busta Rhymes’ Album “ELE2”: It’s Messages About the New World Order and the Five-Percent Nation

Charli XCX and Her Story About Selling Her Soul for Fame

Oscars Ratings Crash To Record Lows

The Occult Meaning of Shenseea’s “Run Run”: Sacrifice for Fame

Lady GaGa... Satan's puppet

New Book Claims That Aaliyah Was Drugged and Forced to Board Plane Before Fatal Crash

The Occult Meaning of Kanye West’s “Donda”

The Meaning of Netflix’s “Brand New Cherry Flavor”: A Celebration of Occult Hollywood

The VC E-Book 2022 Edition is Out – Download it Today

“Demon High” by Lil Uzi Vert: Marketing Satanism to Teenagers

Something Extremely Dark Happened at Travis Scott’s Deadly “Astroworld” Festival

Vigilant Links (the New Sister Site of The Vigilant Citizen) Is Officially Online

The Wedding of Billionaire Heiress Ivy Getty Was a Show of Elite Power and Symbolism

The Insanely Dark Story Behind “Poltergeist” and its Young Star Heather O’Rourke

Bizzy Bone Called Rap Group Three 6 Mafia “Devil Worshippers” … Then He Threw “Holy Water” at Them

Britney Spears: Slave Princess

The Dark Occult Message of The Weeknd’s Video “Sacrifice”

“Illuminati Mad”: The Dark Meaning of Kanye West’s Video “EAZY”

The Powerful Symbolism in “Sweetest Pie” by Megan Thee Stallion and Dua Lipa

Taylor Hawkins’ Death and Its Disturbing Links With His Band’s Movie “Studio 666”

There’s Something Terribly Wrong With “Euphoria”

Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

There’s Something Terribly Wrong Happening With the Sons of Celebrities

Ariana Grande And The Illuminati Beta Kittens Of Pop Culture & Weird Ways Of The Elite Documentary

How Violent Media Changes the Brain

Grimes and Bella Poarch Star in “Dolls” – A Video That Pushes Insidious Agendas to Kids

Did the Opening Ceremony of the 2022 Commonwealth Games Contain Baal Worship?

The Traumatic Life and Suspicious Death of Anne Heche

The Toxic Agendas and the Blatant Occult Symbolism of the 2022 VMAs

There’s Something Wrong With Disney’s “Little Demon” and its Executive Producer Dan Harmon

What Should Matter in Journalism

Coolio was going to expose the industry before he died

There’s Something Terribly Wrong With Disney’s “Hocus Pocus 2”

Doja Cat’s Creepy and Ritualistic Birthday Party

Aaron Carter: The Suspicious Death of a Blatant Industry Slave

The Hidden Messages in “Blonde”: Marilyn Monroe’s Life as an Industry Slave

How Entertainment is Ruining Your Life

The Intense Symbolism in Beyoncé’s Renaissance World Tour

“Swine”: Demi Lovato’s Pro-Abortion Video That Manages to Be Equally Evil and Unhinged

The Actual Meaning of “The Idol”: Sex Slavery in the Music Industry

The Occult Meaning of Doja Cat’s “Paint the Town Red”

Doja Cat’s “Demons”: Can We Just Agree That the Music Industry is Outright Demonic?

The Conspiracy Theories in “They Cloned Tyrone” and its Link With Jamie Foxx’s Mysterious Hospitalization

The Blatant Luciferian Symbolism in Justin Timberlake’s “No Angels”

The Sinister Meaning of Taylor Swift’s “Fortnight”

Beyond Rap Beef: Kendrick Lamar’s Dark Accusations Against Drake (Including Sex Trafficking)

XG’s “Woke Up”: When a K-pop Video is Actually Mind Control 101

Katt Williams Thoroughly Exposes The Satanic Entertainment Industry In Bombshell Interview

In a bombshell interview, Katt Williams held nothing back. He named names and he thoroughly exposed the dark side of the entertainment industry, which he calls “Satan’s playground”.

Here’s a look at this now viral interview in which he mentions the Illuminati, ritual sacrifices and the reason why so many black comedians end up wearing dresses.

Related: Tucker Carlson Recalls Working for Harvey Weinstein - 'He Was a Pig'

The least one can say is that Katt Williams started 2024 with a bang. In a lengthy interview with Shannon Sharpe, Williams explained why specific comedians get most Hollywood roles while others are ignored by the industry. And he words such as Satanic, rituals, and Illuminati.

It is not the first time that Katt got real about the industry. In a 2013 interview, Williams stated:

"We are against the Illuminati at our own detriment. When people are against the Illuminati, they get punched in the face all the time, the press hates them and nobody likes them.”

In the years that followed, Williams was involved in all kinds of strange, humiliating events and often received bad press.

In fact, in a bizarre twist of fate, he was literally punched in the face by a teenager in a humiliating video that immediately went viral. Also, he got arrested and jailed several times for petty crimes while notorious rapists such as Diddy remain free.

Would that happen to him if he was on the “right side” of the industry?

While Williams has been touring for decades while amassing a massive fanbase, he was never helped by industry moguls.

He is the owner of his tours, he manages every aspect of them and he gets nearly zero mass media promotion.

Related: Britney Spears’ Shocking Testimony Confirms That She is Truly an Industry Slave

In his own words, he was never funded by “them” because that requires… a sacrifice. However, in his own words again, he got close enough to the industry to understand how it truly functions.

In short, Williams is clearly not afraid of being canceled (he’s already been canceled like 20 times) and, in this already legendary interview, he fired shots at the likes of Kevin Hart, Ricky Smiley, Ludacris, and Diddy for being industry sellouts or gatekeepers.

On several occasions, he also quickly mentions some things that have massive implications. Here’s the interview.

Katt Williams Unleashed

Related: Megan Fox Openly Admits That She Drinks Blood For “Ritual Purposes”

If you don’t have three hours to spare, here are the most interesting parts of the interview.

Wear the Dress

When celebrities “expose” the industry, they’re usually vague and they never name names. But Katt Williams spent a couple of hours being very specific while naming a whole lot of names.

Right from the start, Williams attacked Ricky Smiley – a fellow comedian who co-starred with him in the movie Friday After Next. The first thing he mentioned about Smiley is that he dresses more often as a woman than he dresses as a man when performing.

Rickey Smiley as his recurring character Bernice Jenkins

Related: Hollywood the Dark Secrets

Throughout the interview, Williams highlights the fact that most of his fellow black comedians have worn a dress at one point or another in their careers.

While this fact is not surprising for regular readers of this site, Williams’ observations caused many to take notice of this disturbing trend that has been going on for decades.

After Kat’s interview, several images showing black comedians in drag started circulating on social media

Related: Satanism In The Entertainment Industry

With that being said, Katt Williams is far from the first to notice this trend. Over 20 years ago, Dave Chappelle went on Oprah and described how Hollywood tried to coerce him into wearing a dress.

Here’s the video (notice Oprah’s face, she wasn’t comfortable with him discussing this).

Dave Chappelle Will Not Wear A Dress. Hence... Africa!

Related: Did Kanye Expose Hollywood “Personal Trainer” Harley Pasternak as an MK Handler?

With all of that being said, one can ask: What do they want these men to wear dresses? Well, it all comes down to an important agenda of the elite: The emasculation of society. In some ways, black comedians are cultural leaders and many look up to them as voices of their communities.

Many of these comedians are exceptionally smart, strong, and charismatic. Therefore, the elite wants to put them in dresses, feminize them, and, ultimately, humiliate them.

Of course, black comedians are not the only targets of this agenda. As observed in countless previous articles, a ridiculous number of young male rappers have been parading around in dresses.

Rapper Young Thug looking like a Young Thot

Related: The MET 2021 Gala: Another Display of the Elite’s Insanity

When Williams mentions that Rickey Smiley wears dresses, he’s not just being a “hater”. He’s pointing out that Smiley sold out to a pernicious agenda.

But he didn’t stop there. Williams then alluded to something much darker regarding Rickey Smiley. Katt says:

"I don’t know why he would lose a child and come on the air and start lying. That’s why people believe in rituals right there.”

While this last sentence went over most people’s heads, the implications are rather insane. Here’s a sad fact about Smiley:

"On January 29, 2023, Smiley announced his 32-year old-son, Brandon Smiley, had died after being found unconscious in his Birmingham apartment. Brandon died after taking a combination of drugs, including fentanyl.”

Shortly after his son’s death, Smiley reportedly went on the air and talked about Katt Williams stealing his role in a movie.

Katt Williams wonders why Smiley was so concerned about a role after such a tragic event and even implies that his son died as a ritual sacrifice to stay in the good graces of the industry.

If you think he went hard on this one, he was only getting started.

Related: Paul Has Been Dead For [Over] 50 Years?

God’s Side

At one point, Williams talks about how he’s been criticized in the past for talking about black celebrities such as R. Kelly. His retort is 100% on point.

"Race is not where the line is drawn. It’s God’s side and the other side. And we don’t care nothing about the other side. Period. All of these big d*ck deviants are all catching hell in 2024. It’s up for all of them.

It don’t matter if you Diddy or whoever you is. All lies will be exposed, that’s all. And anyone who takes it the wrong way, know why they take it the wrong way. The truth is the light.”

Regarding why he got blackballed by the industry, Williams said:

"Because in 30 years, I’ve done nothing but collect information, knowledge and secrets. So if you and a man were in a corner doing something you wasn’t supposed to be doing, someone will come and tell me.

I gather that, I value that, I’ll pay for that. I know so many things I shouldn’t know and they all know it.”

After Williams called Kevin Hart an industry plant, Shannon Sharpe asks if he’s worried about being blackballed again since he’s relentlessly attacking “powerful people”. Williams replied:

"These people are not powerful. Satan cannot create anything. That includes blessings for his people. You know what’s the number one job of somebody that sold their soul in Hollywood? It’s to act like it didn’t happen. They all do the same job.”

Related: What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

This is extremely true. I’ve stated numerous times that, throughout history, an important part of being a Satanist is to deny being a Satanist to regular people. The lie is part of the pact.

William adds:

"t’s a cabal, it’s a consortium. They rock with who they rock with and they don’t with who they don’t. But I’m not scared of being the competition anymore. (…) Yeah, on paper, they’re a better team.

They have all the assets and resources that we don’t. But let us get on the line and see if that factors in, I guarantee you it won’t..”

Williams probably did not use the word “cabal” randomly. It comes from the word Kabbalah and directly refers to a secretive elite that’s obsessed with occult rituals.

Then Katt discussed him catching hell for exposing Harvey Weinstein before the whole #metoo thing.

"They cancelled me for talking about Harvey Weinstein before the thing came out. But he offered to suck my penis in front of all my people at my agency. What am I supposed to do?”

Katt then adds that, after turning down Weinstein’s disgusting offer, another black comedian got the role. What did this comedian have to do to get that role?

Related: Detective Publishes Book Exposing High-Level Government Pedophile Ring, Shot In The Head Days Later & NZ Widow Says Her Former Husband's Paedophile Rings Goes To 'Highest Heights'

Katt then adds:

"And this is why, when I walk into a room, heads go down. Behind my back, I’m nothing. I’m just a regular old comedian that’s bitter and jealous. But, in my face, the king has walked in and they have to respect it.

Only because I’ve not taken shortcuts, I’ve not been funded. They pay you to not talk about things they don’t want you to talk about. They tell you that themselves.

Here, Katt explains that he might be less successful than other comedians. However, those in the industry know that he didn’t take shortcuts (selling his soul for fame) and he is not being fed by them.

Because he is funded independently, Katt can speak his mind without fear of losing revenue. However, he is fully aware that his career involves him being very close to an extremely dark system.

"I know I’m going into the belly of the beast. How could I be naive? I know I’m going into Satan’s playground.

But I’m trying to be so good so that you got to bring me in so close that I can see who’s doing what and what’s going on in there.”

Although he’s not totally “accepted” in the industry, he got close enough to know about the shady dealings that happen behind closed doors. And he decided to expose a lot of it.

Related: Death By Hanging From A Doorknob - The Signature Of Pedophilia-Related Assassinations? Eleven People So Far - Who Knew Doorknobs Could Be So Deadly? & Pedophilia Is More Common Than You Think

Not Playing That Role

During the interview, Williams explains how he often refuses to act in movie scenes that are either bizarre or degrading. For instance, in the movie Friday After Next, his character Money Mike was supposed to get raped in a bathroom.

He told the producers to remove that scene because he considered that rape is never funny, no matter who it happens to. Also, he didn’t want to go along with the elite’s sick agenda of humiliation and emasculation.

Then he explained how he turned down roles that eventually went to the likes of Kevin Hart – his arch-rival whom he has been accusing of doing homosexual things for success for years.

"For a five-year period, every single movie that Kevin Hart did was a movie that had been on my desk. All I had said was just “can we just take this Stepin Fetchit sh*t out and then I can do it?” Like, it don’t need to be overtly homosexual because I’m not homosexual. It doesn’t need that to be funny, right?”

Stepin Fetchit was a famous actor who often played the role of a lazy black slave. Katt therefore implies that these emasculating roles are a way of reducing these famous actors to mere industry slaves.

Because of his reticence in acting out some scenes, the roles would eventually go to other actors who were happy to partake in the humiliation.

Related: Maxwell Arrest Proves Epstein Case Is Far From Over & Bill Gates Flew With Jeffrey Epstein On The Lolita Express In 2013

When asked if he’d do another Friday movie, Katt said that a lot of people involved in the previous ones are gone. Then he dropped this bomb:

"And, the Chris Tucker that we got now is Epstein Island Chris Tucker.”

It’s not a rumor. Chris Tucker was actually on Epstein Island.

Chris Tucker on Epstein’s flight records

Related: The Dark Truth About Celebrities

Chris Tucker with Chauntae Davies (who accused Epstein of raping her when she worked as his personal masseuse) and other assistants before boarding Epstein’s plane

Related: Kanye Literally Confirmed That His Mother Was Sacrificed by the Hollywood Elite (video)

So Katt Williams is saying that Chris Tucker has changed. He’s not the funny, relatable comedian anymore, he’s an occult elite weirdo. And, if you’ve seen Tucker’s recent works, you know that something is now “off” about him.

Have you noticed that numerous celebrities suddenly become weird and “not themselves”, as if they saw something horrific at one point? Well, that’s what happened to Chris Tucker.

Another celebrity who suddenly changed is Ludacris. Katt told a surreal story about him.

"There was a crossroads where we were both invited to an Illuminati thing and it had to be one or the other of us. And decisions had to be made. So it was both of us, we were equal.

One of us had to cut off all their hair and couldn’t do the sideburn thing and they said he was going to get $200 million, because they were going to pay him $20 million a movie to do 10 movies and that’s how the conversation happened.

One of those persons turned out to be Ludacris and the other person turned out to be Katt Williams. Now, one person ended up with a light-skinned ugly faced wife that’s never done anything. It’s part of what they give you okay?

Ludacris before and after the alleged Illuminati meeting that required a change in hairstyle

Related: Who Cares What Celebrities Think - #PropagandaWatch

Katt then pointed out that Ludacris appeared in numerous Fast & Furious movies, which, according to him, were part of his contract.

Katt later explained that the ultimate goal in any career is to be the boss, to make the decisions, and to be independent. He argues that he started his career that way, so there was no reason for him to ever stray away from that. He added:

"My goal was to get this far in Hollywood and still have a virgin asshole. And never had sucked a penis. That was my only goal. (…) Now I’ve had to turn down $50 million four times … just to protect my integrity and that virgin hole I was telling you about.

Cuz P. Diddy be wanting the body and you got to tell him no. You got to tell him no. I did.”

Yup, Katt said that P. Diddy wanted his small body and he had to tell him no.

Considering the persistent rumors surrounding him and recent accusations, it’s not impossible.

Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music

In Conclusion

In this intense interview, Katt Williams said a lot of seemingly controversial and outlandish things. Some are easily verifiable and some are not.

However, everything he said is fully in line with everything that has been discussed on this site for years.

Since the interview, media outlets have been hard at work “defending” the industry darlings Katt has exposed and some, as usual, attacked him directly.


Related: “American Horror Story: Delicate” and its Messages About Hollywood’s Occult Underbelly

In the interview, Katt said that all the deviants will be exposed in 2024. I hope he’s there and I’m definitely there for it because this Satanic, pedo crap has gone unchecked long enough.

Related Articles:

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/24

Symbolic Pics of the Month 04/24

Symbolic Pics of the Month 01/24

Symbolic Pics of the Month 10/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 08/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 06/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 04/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 01/23

Symbolic Pics of the Month 12/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 08/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 04/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 03/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 02/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 07/22

Symbolic Pics of the Month 12/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 11/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 10/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 08/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 07/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 06/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 04/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 03/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 02/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 01/21

Symbolic Pics of the Month 12/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 11/20

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Corruption Of Evidence Based Medicine -  Killing For Profit
June 29 2024 | From: Medium / Various

The idea of Evidence Based Medicine (EBM) is great. The reality, though, not so much.

Human perception is often flawed, so the premise of EBM is to formally study medical treatments and there have certainly been some successes.

Related: Top 10 Food And Medicine Myths You Probably Fell For At Some Point + How The Mind Treats “Impossible Things That Couldn’t Be Happening”

Consider the procedure of angioplasty. Doctors insert a catheter into the blood vessels of the heart and use a balloon like device to open up the artery and restore blood flow.

In acute heart attacks studies confirm that this is an effective procedure. In chronic heart disease the COURAGE study and more recently the ORBITA study showed that angioplasty is largely useless. EBM helped distinguish the best use of an invasive procedure.

Related: The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

So, why do prominent physicians call EBM mostly useless? The 2 most prestigious journals of medicine in the world are The Lancet and The New England Journal of Medicine. Richard Horton, editor in chief of The Lancet said this in 2015:

“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue”

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of NEJM wrote in 2009 that,

“It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor”

This has huge implications. Evidence based medicine is completely worthless if the evidence base is false or corrupted. It’s like building a wooden house knowing the wood is termite infested.

What caused this sorry state of affairs? Well, Dr. Relman another former editor in chief of the NEJM said this in 2002

“The medical profession is being bought by the pharmaceutical industry, not only in terms of the practice of medicine, but also in terms of teaching and research. The academic institutions of this country are allowing themselves to be the paid agents of the pharmaceutical industry. I think it’s disgraceful”

Related: The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

The people in charge of the system  -  the editors of the most important medical journals in the world, gradually learn over a few decades that their life’s work is being slowly and steadily corrupted.

Physicians and universities have allowed themselves to be bribed

The examples in medicine are everywhere. Research is almost always paid for by pharmaceutical companies. But studies done by industry are well known to have positive results far more frequently.

Trials run by industry are 70% more likely than government funded trials to show a positive result.

Think about that for a second. If EBM says that 2+2 = 5 is correct 70% of the time, would you trust this sort of ‘science’?

Selective Publication  -  Negative trials (those that show no benefit for the drugs) are likely to be suppressed. For example, in the case of antidepressants, 36/37 studies that were favourable to drugs were published. But of the studies not favorable to drugs, a paltry 3/36 were published.

Selective publication of positive (for the drug company) results means that a review of the literature would suggest that 94% of studies favor drugs where in truth, only 51% were actually positive.

Suppose you know that your stockbroker publishes all his winning trades, but suppresses all his losing trades. Would you trust him with your money? But yet, we trust EBM with our lives, even though the same thing is happening.

Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

Let’s look at the following graph of the number of trials completed versus those that were published. In 2008, the company Sanofi completed 92 studies but only a piddly 14 were published. Who gets to decide which gets published and which does not? Right. Sanofi.

Which ones do you think will be published? The ones that favor its drugs, or the ones that prove their drugs do not work? Right. Keep in mind that this is the only rational course of action for Sanofi, or any other company to pursue. It’s idiotic to publish data that harms yourself.

It’s financial suicide. So this sort of rational behavior will happen now, and it will not stop in the future. But knowing this, why do we still believe the evidence based medicine, when the evidence base is completely biased?

An outside observer, only looking at all published data, will conclude that the drugs are far, far more effective than they are in reality.

Yet, if you point this out in academic circles, people label you a quack, who does not ‘believe the evidence’.

Related: A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Rigging of Outcomes  - Or consider the example of registration of primary outcomes. Prior to year 2000, companies doing trials did not need to declare what end points they measured.

So they measure many different endpoints and simply figured out which one looked best and then declared the trial a success.

Kind of like tossing a coin, looking at which one come up more, and saying that they were backing the winning side. If you measured enough outcomes, something was bound to come up positive.

In 2000, the government moved to stop these shenanigans. They required companies to register what they were measuring ahead of time. Prior to 2000, 57% of trials showed a positive result. After 2000, a paltry 8% showed good results.

More evidence of the evidence base being completely corrupted by commercial interest, and the academic physicians who were getting rich on it tacitly allowing corruption because they know that you don’t bite the hand that feeds you.

Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

‘Advertorials’  -  Or this example of a review paper in the NEJM that fracture rates caused by the lucrative bisphosphonate drugs were “very rare”. Not only did the drug companies pay lots of consulting fees to the doctors, three of the authors of this review were full time employees!

To allow an advertorial to be published as the best scientific fact is scandalous. Doctors, trusting the NEJM to publish quality, unbiased advice have no idea that this review article is pure advertising. Yet, we still consider the NEJM to be the very pinnacle of evidence based medicine. Instead, as all the editors of the journals sadly recognize, it has become lucre-based publishing. More money = better results.

Money from Reprints  - The reasons for this problem is obvious to all  -  it’s insanely profitable for journals to take money from Big Pharma. Journals want to be read. So they all try to get a high Impact Factor (IF). To do this, you need to get cited by other authors.

And nothing boosts ratings like a blockbuster produced by Big Pharma. They have the contacts and the sales force to make any study a landmark.

A less obvious benefit is the fees that are generated by Big Pharma purchasing articles for reprint. If a company publishes an article in the NEJM, they may order several hundred thousand copies of the article to be distributed to unsuspecting doctors everywhere.

Related: Explosive: A Review Of Fake Medical Tests

These fees are not trivial. The NEJM publisher Massachusetts Medical Society gets 23% of its income from reprints. The Lancet  -  41%. The American Medical Association  -  a gut busting 53%. No wonder these journals are ready to sell their readers (ordinary physicians) down the river. It pays.

Who needs journalistic ethics when there’s a Mercedes in the driveway? Mo money, baby. Mo money.

Bribery of Journal Editors  - A recent study by Liu et al in the BMJ shed more light on the problem of crooked journals. Crooked journal editors. Editors play a crucial role in determining the scientific dialogue by deciding which manuscripts are published.

They determine who the peer reviewers are. Using the Open Payments database, they looked at how much money the editors of the most influential journals in the world were taking from industry sources. This includes ‘research’ payments, which are largely unregulated.

As mention previously, much ‘research’ consists of going to meetings in exotic locale. It funny how many conferences are held in beautiful European cities like Barcelona, and how few are done in brutally cold Quebec City.

Of all journal editors that could be assessed, 50.6% were on the take. The average payment in 2014 was $27,564. Each. This does not include an average $37, 330 given for ‘research’ payments.

Other particularly corrupt journals include:

Related: Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

This is slightly horrifying. Each editor of the Journal of the American College of Cardiology received, on average $475 072 personally and another $119 407 for ‘research’. With 35 editors, that’s about $15 million in bribes to doctors. No wonder the JACC loves drugs and devices.

It pays the private school bills. Mo money = we’ll publish your crooked studies for you. Mo money, baby, mo money.

Publication Bias  - The evidence base that EBM depends upon is completely biased. Some people think I’m really anti-Pharma, but this is not really true. Big Pharma companies have a duty to their shareholders to make money. They have no duty to patients. On the other hand, doctors have a duty to patients. Universities have a duty to remain unbiased.

It is the failure of doctors and universities to keep their greedy paws out of the corrupting influence of Big Pharma money that is the problem. If Big Pharma is allowed to spend lots of $$$ paying off doctors and universities and professors, then it should do so to maximize profits.

That is their mission statement. Doctors love to blame Big Pharma companies because it takes peoples gaze off the real problem  - lots of doctors taking $$$ from anybody who will pay. The pharma industry is not the problem.

Bribery of university doctors
is the problem  -  one that is easily fixed if the political will exists.

Consider this study. Looking at studies in the field of neurodegenerative disease, researchers looked at all the studies that were started but never finished or never published.

Approximately 28% of studies never made it to the finish line. That’s a problem.

Related: The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine

If all the studies that don’t look promising for drug candidates are not published, then it appears that the drugs are way way more effective than they really are. But the published ‘evidence base’ would falsely support the drug. Indeed, Pharma sponsored trials were 5 times more likely to be unpublished.

Imagine you have a coin flipping contest. Suppose a player call ‘Big Pharma” chooses heads, and also pays the coin flipper. Every time the coin flipper pulls up tails, the results don’t count. Every time it comes up heads, it counts. This happens 28% of the time.

Now, instead of a 50/50 split of heads and tails, it’s more like a 66/34 split of heads/tails. So the ‘evidence based medicine’ lover claims that heads is far more likely to come up than tails, and castigates people who don’t believe the results as ‘anti-science’.

Evidence based medicine depends entirely upon having a reliable base of evidence (studies). If the evidence base is tampered with, and paid for, then EBM as a science is completely useless.

Indeed, the very editors whose entire careers have been EBM have now discovered it to be worthless.

Does the CEO of Phillip Morris (maker of Marlboro cigarettes) smoke? That tells you all you need to know about the health risks.

Do the editors of the NEJM and the Lancet believe EBM anymore? Not at all. So neither should we. We can’t believe evidence based medicine until the evidence has been cleaned up from the corrupting influence of commercial interests.

Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie + Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Financial conflicts of interest (COI), also known as gifts to doctors, is a well accepted practice. A national survey in the New England Journal of Medicine in 2007 shows that 94% of physicians had ties to the pharmaceutical industry. This gravy train only rides in one direction.

From Big Pharma to the wallets of doctors. Sure Big Pharma can simply pay doctors directly, and it does plenty of that. It’s no surprise that medical students with more exposure to pharmaceutical reps develop a more positive attitude towards them.

Many medical schools have limited exposure of medical students in response, but declined to get off the gravy train themselves. There is a simple relationship between how prominent a physician is (more articles published  - almost always academic doctors and professors) and how much money they take from Big Pharma.

More prominent = more money

Further, there is a ‘clear and strong link’ between taking industry money and minimizing the risk of side effects of medications.

What, you thought people teach at prestigious institutions like universities for the good of mankind? Maybe that’s why they went there, but that’s not why they stay. They came for the science.

They stayed for the money.

So here’s a damning list of all the problems of EBM:

1. Selective Publication

2. Rigged outcomes

3. Advertorials

4. Reprint Revenues

5. Bribery of Journal Editors

6. Publication Bias

7. Financial Conflicts of Interests

When the evidence base of medicine is bought and paid for, people die.

That is how doctors have created this opioid crisis that kills thousands of people. Pharmaceutical companies want to pay off doctors, just as drug lord want to pay off judges and police officers.

Doctors, being human, should put safeguards against this temptation. Unfortunately, doctors and universities have been willing participants in this game of killing for profit. We need to end it now. End the corruption of the universities. Stop the bribery of doctors.

Related Articles:

Faking Medical Reality

Why Medically Caused Deaths Continue To Be Ignored

Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”

Why Does Modern Medicine Have A Big Problem With Natural Health?

Big Pharma’s Control Over The News & How Big Pharma Controls Medical Schools

The Tide Is Turning: Big Pharma Billionaire Arrested, Charged With Conspiracy And Bribery
Of Doctors

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale
June 28 2024 | From: BlacklistedNews
/ Various

"Smart PGH" (Smart City) and their 'smart spine system' is one of the most intrusive, government funded, Total surveillance networks ever dreamed up.

Columbus, Ohio, actually won $50 million in DOT grant money to turn their city into a "Smart City" calling it "SmartColumbus." The city of Columbus will receive an additional $90 million in pledges from public and private sector partners.

Related: Money Talks: From ‘smart’ meters to power politics

"Smart PGH's" tag line at the end of the above video is chilling, "If It's Not For All, It's Not For Us". As "Smart PGH's" documents reveal, 'smart city' surveillance spies on All of Us.

Pittsburgh, actually received close to $11 million to help turn their city into a "smart city".

City of Pittsburgh Smart Cities Challenge Proposal Video

Related: Hamilton Leading Smart City Conversation

Smart Columbus

(Fast forward to approx., 2:18 to see the numerous corporations involved in 'Smart Cities')

Related: From The Archives: In September 2015, Agenda 21 Will Be Transformed Into The 2030 Agenda

Not much is known about "SmartColumbus," but you can bet it's probably a carbon copy of "Smart PGH."

The document below, reveals "smart cities" are really just a euphemism for government spying on an unimaginable scale.

City of Pittsburgh's Proposal, Beyond Traffic: The Smart City Challenge (SCC)

The City of Pittsburgh sees the confluence of transportation and energy as the key to U.S. Department of Transportation’s (USDOT) Smart City Challenge. To meet the challenge, we will develop an open platform and corresponding governance structure to improve the safety, equity, and efficiency of our transportation network and its interaction with the energy and communications networks.

By building on existing technology deployments and increasing fixed and mobile sensors over a number of major “Smart Spine” corridors that connect with primary commercial centers and amenities, Pittsburgh will collect, analyze, visualize, and act on information to improve mobility for residents.

The non-proprietary nature of our platform allows the City of Pittsburgh and its partners to set an open, national standard for a municipal service delivery platform, which enhances industry and supports innovation.

According to the SCC, 'smart spines' use advanced technology like real-time adaptive traffic signals and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication at intersections.

Related: Smart Meter Radiation Attached To Millions Of Homes

"Smart PGH" is working with Uber to spy on customers. (see page 4)

It appears that "smart cities" are part of  the government's "Vision Zero" program, see page 6 of SCC's 'Enabling Hierarchy' diagram. Also on page 6, under the subject 'Data Collection Network' they mention, "Social Media Assets" otherwise known as social media spying. (more on that below)

Uber, Lyft and Bike Share to spy on customers.

Page 13:

In addition, we [Smart PGH] would like to work with Pittsburgh Bike Share, Uber, Lyft, and others to move towards more robust V2V communications that allow Port Authority buses, City fleet, bike share bicycles, ride-sharing services, etc. to become safer by sensing one another on Pittsburgh’s streets. Bicycle tracking has already begun, Ford Motor Company has given Palo Alto, $1.1 million to equip bicycles with GPS devices.

Related: Watercare Begins Installing Smart Water Meters

Joshuah Mello, the city’s chief transportation official, said the main draw of the new smart-bike system, operated by Motivate and sponsored by Ford, is that it will be part of a network growing in Bay Area cities from San Jose to San Francisco, “making it one of the largest systems in the entire world.”

What he should say is, this makes it one of the largest bicycle surveillance systems in the entire world! What follows, are some of the most chilling intrusions of government spying to date. Govt spying on social media.

Page 14:

Voluminous streams of data will be generated by sensors on fixed and mobile assets and citizens themselves using apps and social media.

Related: The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones

Smart cities will spy on everyone's behavior and emotions.

Page 18:

To address Vision Element #9, SmartPGH will deploy our “Citizens as Sensors” effort aimed at extracting relevant data from social media. Scrubbing these sites and app will provide information on what people are doing in different places across Pittsburgh, data that can be used to infer behavior and data that can detect changes in behavior due to physical modifications made by SmartPGH and the City of Pittsburgh. 

Pittsburgh can more easily detect if the modifications it is making are producing the desired changes or if they are leading to unanticipated outcomes or unhappy residents.

For example, changes to the number of check-ins citizens make to restaurants and retail establishments following the parking rate change can provide evidence of how much this change has impacted dining and shopping behaviors, providing valuable feedback not just on residents emotional reactions but also the wider economic impact of such decisions.

"Citizens as Sensors" really, means government spying on social media posts, FourSquare, Twitter etc.,. Below is an excerpt from Page 12 of "Citizens as Sensors".

"At a different level many users volunteer information to Web 2.0 sites as a convenient way of making it available to friends and relations, irrespective of the fact that it becomes available to all."

Govt to spy on staircases, sidewalks, bicycles, trails, buses and trains. 

Pages 3 and 22:

Moreover, residents utilize the city's unique system of 712 public staircases, 40 miles of on-street bike infrastructure, 31 miles of trails, and numerous sidewalksand on a daily basis.

Companies like Sidewalk Labs, make a profit out of spying on pedestrians.

Related: The Role Of Utility Meters In Mass Surveillance

The Port Authority of Allegheny County operates a comprehensive transit network in the city, which includes 18.4 miles of busway, 26.2 miles of light rail, 72 local bus routes and two funiculars.  

Power companies and the govt collaborate to spy on everyone.

Pages 22 & 23:

The City of Pittsburgh is in conversation with Duquesne Light and partner-company DQE Communications regarding the use of their extensive network of dark fiber. Most of the network capacity is currently “dark” and available for use by partners including the City of Pittsburgh.

To make the most of their network, Duquesne Light recently built a wireless communication infrastructure to support the increased data-flow between their electric meters and the company’s centralized operating center.

Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says Report: Here’s What To Do

This effort has evolved into a high-capacity, resilient, wireless network covering the entirety of the City of Pittsburgh and the surrounding 817-square-mile service territory.

The grid of microgirds will spy on everyone's health, electrical and gas usage.

Page 23:

The grid-of-microgrids is designed to connect critical infrastructure like hospitals, universities, and data and telecommunications centers. Other partners in the effort include the UPMC health system, NRG energy, Duquesne Light and People’s natural gas.

Govt spying on Pittsburgh residents is frightening.

Page 23:

PennDOT’s Western Regional Traffic Management Center includes a fully integrated Centralized Software System, a Media Partner room that broadcasts live on-air reports of traffic conditions, and, a state of the art video wall capable of displaying 160 video images.

Related: Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

The center monitors and/or controls ITS devices on 12 freeway corridors, including many within Pittsburgh's limits.

These devices include: 293 CCTV cameras, 37 Highway Advisory Radio transmitter locations, 86 Highway Advisory Radio signs with beacons, 200 Microwave Traffic Detectors, 24 Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radios, 93 Digital Wave Radar Vehicular Detector units and many more specific ITS-related items.

List of govt agencies spying on residents:

Allegheny County  

Penn DOT and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 

Southwestern Pennsylvania Commission

Port Authority of Allegheny County

Pittsburgh Parking Authority

Port of Pittsburgh Commission

Pittsburgh Bike Share

Utilities including energy distribution, water, and natural gas

University Partners, particularly University of Pittsburgh and Carnegie Mellon University

Major freight operators in Pittsburgh

Representatives of the Business and Philanthropic Communities

Citizens and Community Stakeholders Industry partners

Page 24:

The model for the WPRDC is unique because it is designed to be extensible and inclusive, able to host datasets from any municipality, non-profit, or researcher with data to share. By bringing together various levels of government, civil society, and academia around information resources, we have begun to improve our region’s capacity for innovation and evidence-driven policy-making.

The WPRDC’s web resources provide machine-readable data downloads and APIs of key administrative data on topics such as property assessment, building inspection, public health, crime, and asset management.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Advertising Watchdog Partially Upholds 5G Advertisement Claiming Wireless Tech Is Harmful & Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage

Seven companies work with Surtrac to spy on everyone.

1. Surtrac works with FLIR a thermal sensor company that specializes in identifying individual vehicles by their thermal signature. Surtrac was developed by Carnegie Mellon University,

 Surtracs' Econolite specializes in spying on motor vehicles. They also invented 'autoscope' surveillance cameras in the early 1990's. Fyi, Surtrac's Autoscope Vision (AV) also spies on bicyclists.

AV delivers stop bar vehicle and bicycle detection, advanced vehicle detection, bicycle differentiation, traffic data collection, and HD video surveillance.

Surtrac boasts, about they're newly-developed, full-field-of-view object-feature tracking. In other words, the government can track an individual vehicle or bicyclist throughout an entire city!

There are plans to integrate Surtrac with the Port Authority of Allegheny County bus fleets’ using 'Clever Devices'. (more on that below)

2. Citilog, is a mirror image of Econolite but specializes in spying road sensors that are imbedded in every road, highway tunnel and bridge.

3. Metrotech, turns current traffic intersection cameras into connected surveillance systems that spy on vehicles and Bluetooth signals.

4. Wavetronix, can track an individual vehicles speed, even if they change lanes. Wavertronix also knows the type of vehicle you're driving, watch the video below to find out more.

Related: The case for ... making low-tech 'dumb' cities instead of 'smart' ones

5. Traffic Control Products, bill themselves as a supplier of premium sensor equipment to the traffic industry. Currently their vehicle surveillance equipment is being used in Ohio, Kentucky, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Indiana and Michigan. Traffic Control Products boasts about having a staff of software specialists that manage, their surveillance systems.  

6. Path Master, provides 'surveillance equipment' and training for their equipment.

7. Clever Devices, is a company that specializes in spying on trains and buses.

"SmartColumbus," "Smart PGH," "Smart City," "Vision Zero," CCTV cameras, license plate readers, Wi-Fi readers and Shotspotter are turning our cities into COMPLETE surveillance centers!

What's it going to take, to motivate an apathetic populace to speak out and demand a stop to govt spying?

Related Articles:

Watercare Begins Installing Smart Water Meters

Australian Bushfires: A Smart City Conspiracy?

Northland LED streetlight retrofitting moratorium call

How YOU Can Stop ‘Smart’ Meters

Virginia Becomes the 4th U.S. State in the Past Year to Reject Utility ‘Smart’ Metering Plans

Smart Meters

Six reasons to say no to a smart meter

Radiation emitted from smart meters 100 times greater than cell phones - and exposure is constant, doctors warn

Powerful Document For Legally Fighting Wireless Hazards

Your Pets May Get Sick from Exposure to Digital, Electronic, and Wireless Devices, CFL and LED Light Bulbs Even If You Don’t

EKG Proof That "Smart" Meters Affect the Human Heart

Klahoma Man's Tests Negate Smart Meter Safety Claims

Ontario Pulls Plug on 36,000 Rural ‘Smart’ Meters: Is Big Energy Imploding?

Hackers Can Exploit Smart Lights to Spy on You – Study

In 2012 Bernie Sanders Endorsed Smart Meters Which Aren’t “Green” Or Beneficial to Customers - And Now?

Smart Versus Clever Versus Intelligent Versus Wise

What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

Exposing the 5G Existential Threat to Humanity in a Way We Never Imagined Possible

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Julian Assange is Free! A Win For Humanity
June 27 2024 | From: ThePulse / Various

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has been released from a UK prison and is heading back to Australia following his decision to plead guilty to a single charge under the US espionage law..

Assange, 52, agreed to plead guilty to one count of conspiracy to obtain and disclose classified US national defense documents, as stated in a filing with the US District Court for the Northern Mariana Islands..

Related: Mystery: Assange Shouts ‘Resist’ And Yells Message To Trump Administration & The Patriots Have The Deep State Exactly Where They Want Them, MOAB Incoming

Assange was freed from Belmarsh's high-security prison on Monday June 24th, 2024. He was granted bail by the High Court in London and released at Stansted Airport in the afternoon. There, he left the UK.

Assange is set to appear in a court in Saipan, a US Pacific territory, at 9am on Wednesday (23:00 GMT on Tuesday).

He will be sentenced to 62 months, which he has already served.

The man responsible for revealing the secrets of very powerful people committing war crimes and conspiracy is now free. Will the powerful be held accountable? Hmmm….

Assange spent 1901 days at Belmarsh prison.

WikiLeaks announced on Twitter (X), “JULIAN ASSANGE IS FREE!”

Related: “Wiki-Gate”: Julian Assange Was Framed by the People Who Supported Him

They went on to say:

"This is the result of a global campaign that spanned grass-roots organisers, press freedom campaigners, legislators and leaders from across the political spectrum, all the way to the United Nations. This created the space for a long period of negotiations with the US Department of Justice, leading to a deal that has not yet been formally finalised.

We will provide more information as soon as possible.

After more than five years in a 2x3 metre cell, isolated 23 hours a day, he will soon reunite with his wife Stella Assange, and their children, who have only known their father from behind bars.”

A video posted by WikiLeaks shows Assange in a blue shirt and jeans, signing a document before getting on a private jet. The statement confirmed he would return to Australia after the court hearing in Saipan.

Assange’s wife, Stella, expressed her happiness, calling it “incredible” that her husband would be freed. Speaking from Australia, she said, “I’m just elated. He will be a free man once the judge signs off, which will happen sometime tomorrow.”

Julian Assange’s journey began at London Stansted Airport at 5 PM (BST) on Monday, June 24. WikiLeaks thanked everyone who worked for his freedom, posting, “This is for everyone who worked for his freedom: thank you.”

Assange and WikiLeaks provided some of the most interesting leaks and information through their courageous work to hold the powerful accountable.

Related: What Nobody Told You About Julian Assange

In 2010 WikiLeaks released hundreds of thousands of classified US documents about the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, along with diplomatic cables.

Perhaps most notable is the release of a video showing a US Apache helicopter attack in Baghdad, which killed a dozen people, including two journalists, significantly raised the platform's profile. I’d link our reporting of it from over a decade ago, but it has been taken down and so has the video, a chilling example of the censorship that went along with torturing Assange.

For now, I will leave you with a consciousness expanding leak from WikiLeaks that most don’t even know about… Wikileaks Document Exposes a “Secret US Base on the Moon”

Related Articles:

Julian Assange to Plead Guilty in Plea Agreement with U.S. Government, Avoiding Prison

Julian Assange Is Finally Free!

‘Julian Assange Is Free’: WikiLeaks Founder Strikes Plea Deal with US

Julian Assange is Free: Washington Crafted “A Face Saving Deal”

Assange Described A Decade Ago How 'Endless' Afghan War Was Engineered By "Transnational Security Elite"

Julian Assange on Afghanistan

Edward Snowden Is Asking You To Help Julian Assange

A Flashback To Wikileaks’ Collateral Murder Video (A Short Documentary)

Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Exposé On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And It's Allies
June 26 2024 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch / Various

J. Michael Springmann worked for the State Department in the 1980s, in Saudi Arabia. What he witnessed and experienced did not make much sense at the time, but what he later learned put it all in context, and helped to explain the entire course of U.S. foreign policy for the next 30 years.

In short, just as the CIA provided funding and training for radical Mujahideen to fight the Soviets in Afghanistan, they have been doing the same thing ever since. Prior to 9/11, this legion of foreign fighters was used to destabilize and destroy Yugoslavia. Afterward, Iraq, Libya, and today Syria.

Related: The US War on Terror Has Cost $5 Trillion and Increased Terrorism by 6,500%

For this entire period of time, al-Qaeda has been a fighting force for America, a fact that has been known for years, but which is only now going mainstream due to American failures and Russian successes in Syria.

Today, we interview Mr. Springmann about his time at the consulate in Jeddah, and the events that led him to blow the whistle and expose the reality of the U.S.'s creation and support of terrorism around the globe.

In the second hour of the show, we discussed the latest Trump and Clinton leaks, and how they reveal what everyone should have already known: politicians are two-faced and corrupt, and fairly unsavory individuals. Brent closed the show with another Police State Round-up on police un-accountability.

Running Time: 02:04:03 | Download: OGG, MP3

You can visit Mr. Springmann's website here: michaelspringmann.com

His book is Visas for al-Qaeda: CIA Handouts That Rocked the World

America: Addicted To War

Since 1776, US has been at war 93% of the time. That’s 222 out of 239 years!

The U.S. has only been at peace for 21 years total since its birth

Related: US seeks to enforce global dominance by unleashing war on countries who oppose it – Assad

Since the United States was founded in 1776, she has been at war during 214 out of her 235 calendar years of existence.  In other words, there were only 21 calendar years in which the U.S. did not wage any wars.

To put this in perspective:

Pick any year since 1776 and there is a bout a 91% chance that America was involved in some war during that calendar year.

No U.S. president truly qualifies as a peacetime president. Instead, all U.S. presidents can technically be considered “war presidents.”

The U.S.  has never gone a decade without war.

The Americans Stand on Our Side and Give us Weapons - Jabhat al-Nusra (Al Qaeda) Commander in Syria

US weapons are being delivered to Al-Nusra Front by governments that Washington supports, a militant commander has told German media. RT discusses the interview with Jürgen Todenhöfer, the journalist who spoke to the Al-Nusra commander.

Related: Al-Qaeda Leader in Syria Admits US Is Backing Them in Interview

The CIA has been coordinating weapon deliveries on the Turkey-Syria border, German journalist Jurgen Todenhofer, who recently spoke with a Jabhat al-Nusra commander, told RT. He added that the US knows that the weapons it delivers to rebels end up with terrorists.

“This is a game everybody knows. It’s very clear that the Americans know that their weapons will in the end be in the hands of terrorists,”
Todenhofer said speaking to RT.

The only time in the U.S. went five years without war (1935-40) was during the isolationist period of the Great  Depression.

In most of these wars, the U.S. was on the offense. Admit- tedly some of the wars were defensive. However, the above list leaves out covert CIA operations and other acts which could be considered war.

Let’s update what’s happened since 2011:

2012 – War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen

– War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen

2014 – War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen; Civil War in Ukraine 2015 – War on Terror in Somalia, Syria and Yemen; Civil War in Ukraine

Related: The Bush / Cheney / Rumsfeld Strategy for Iraq

Related: How Intelligence Was Falsified To Support Invasion Of Iraq

So we can add four more years of war. That means that for 222 out of 239 years – or 93% of the time – America has been at war.  (We can quibble with the exact numbers, but the high percentage of time that America has been at war is clear and unmistakable.)

Indeed, most of the military operations launched since World War II have been launched by the U.S. And Ameri- can military spending dwarfs the rest of the world put together.

No wonder polls show that the world believes America is the number 1 threat to peace. Sott Comment: Rather staggering, don’t you think? Also, for many of the war years, the US had multiple opponents. After all this war practice, we might rightly expect a simple bombing raid on ISIS to produce results.

Related: Confession of a CIA Agent: They Gave Us Millions to Dismember Yugoslavia

America’s history reflects violence. It’s blood-drenched. It glorifies war. It does so in the name of peace. However, this agenda is not driven by the American people so much as it is driven from up on high by the Cabal leadership who manipulate the sleeping masses to buy into actions that only appear to be "American".

The US / NATO is the tool and the scapegoat of the 'global elite's' New World Order.

America believes war is peace. It’s part of the national culture. Eventually it’s self-destructive. Today’s super-weapons make the unthinkable possible.

Hyman Rickover knew.  He knew decades ago. He founded America’s nuclear navy. In 1982, he told Congress:

“I do not believe that nuclear power is worth it if it creates radiation.” Then you might ask me why do I have nuclear powered ships?”

“That is a necessary evil. I would sink them all. I am not proud of the part I played in it. I did it because it was necessary for the safety of this country.”

That’s why I am such a great exponent of stopping this whole nonsense of war. Unfortunately limits – attempts to limit war have always failed.”

“The lesson of history is when a war starts every nation will ultimately use whatever weapon it has available.”

“Every time you produce radiation, you produce something that has a certain half-life, in some cases for billions of years.”

“I think the human race is going to wreck itself, and it is important that we get control of this horrible force and try to eliminate it.”

In his Der Ring des Nibelungen operas (the Ring), Richard Wagner portrayed his apocalyptic version. He did so musically. Gotterdammerung (Twilight of the Gods) prophesied the end of the world.

Related: U.S. Admits Israel Is Building Permanent Apartheid Regime - Weeks After Giving It $38 Billion

Einstein feared it. He didn’t know what WW III weapons would be used. He said “World War IV will be fought with sticks and stones.”

Bertrand Russell was an Einstein contemporary. He knew. He warned. No one listened. He asked:

“Shall we put an end to the human race, or shall mankind renounce war. It’s the only way to live in peace. The alternative is annihilation."

The choice is clear. The wrong one assures disaster. America’s heading humanity toward it. A slow-motion train wreck looms. The big one. There’s no second chance. There’s no coming back.

Historian Harry Elmer Barnes (1889 – 1968) once said:

“If trends continue as they have during the last fifteen years, we shall soon reach this point of no return, and can only anticipate interminable wars, disguised as noble gestures for peace.”

Historian Arnold Toynbee worried about WW III. Only pigmies in remote jungles, apes and ants might be left to carry on “the cultural traditions of mankind,” he said.

According to HG Wells:

“If we don’t end war, war will end us.”

Related: Pentagon Paid PR Firm $540mn to Make Fake Terrorist Videos

America wages permanent wars. It does so against enemies it creates. During the Cold War, Active Defense and AirLand Battle prepared strategies for how America would fight.

Soviet Russia was targeted. Today’s it’s modern day Russia. It’s China. AirSea Battle targets both countries. More on that below.

In 1998, US Space Command: Vision for 2020 discussed America’s grand strategy.

In 2000, DOD Joint Vision 2020 called for “full spectrum dominance” over all land, surface and sub-surface sea, air, space, electromagnetic spectrum and information systems.

Related: Top USA National Security Officials Admit Turkey Coup

It did so with enough overwhelming power to fight and win global wars against any adversary. Nuclear and other mass destruction weapons would be used preemptively.

In 1961, General Curtis LeMay believed nuclear war with Soviet Russia was inevitable. He wanted thousands of missiles launched preemptively. He called retaliation against major US cities a small price to pay.

At the same time, General Lyman Lemnitzer urged a surprise nuclear attack strategy. Jack Kennedy expressed disgust. He walked out of a National Security Council meeting. He wanted none of it.

He told Secretary of State Dean Rusk: “And we call ourselves the human race.”

Secretary of Defense McNamara categorically rejected LeMay and Lemnitzer. He should have fired them on the spot. Other extremists then and later urged the same lunacy.

Crazies have great influence today. Today’s weapons make earlier ones look like toys. Armageddon could happen. Rogue states can’t be trusted. America most of all.

Eisenhower warned;

“Against the acquisition of unwarranted influence.”
He named the military-industrial complex.

“The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist,”
he stressed.

Militarism writ large is the national pastime. It’s a national addiction. The business of America is war. It’s multiple wars. It’s permanent ones. It’s ravaging one nation after another.

It’s doing so for wealth, power, resource control, and unchallenged global dominance.

Armed Drones: President Obama's Favorite Weapon

President Barack Obama has received much credit for drawing down American involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan, but less attention has been paid to his administration's embrace of armed drones.

Related: Armed Drones: President Obama's Favorite Weapon

His expansion of covert drone strikes goes far beyond that of former President George W. Bush, and has blurred the line between warfare and assassination.

The classified processes used by the White House for approving these remote killings in foreign countries - countries which the U.S. is not officially at war with - has people questioning not only the Obama administration's tactics, but also the collateral damage of civilian casualties left in its wake.

Related: Classified U.S. Defense Network Outage Hits Air Force’s Secret Drone Operations

Related: Why Elites Love Drones

America never was the “land of the free and home of the brave.” It’s a war on humanity society. It’s a “let ‘em eat cake” one.

It’s an out-of-control rogue state. It’s ideologically over-the-top. It spends more on militarism and wars than the rest of the world combined.

Doing so lets war profiteers gorge themselves at the public trough. Doing so makes peace impossible. Warrior nations eventually self-destruct. Nations that live by the sword die by it. America’s no exception.

According too Navy Live, Air-Sea Battle (ABS):

“Is designed to develop force over the long-term. (It) seeks to provide decision makers with a wide range of options to counter aggression from hostile actors.

It targets China and Russia. It “reflects the US commitment to maintaining escalation advantage during conflict and sustaining security and prosperity in the global commons.

It’s “interoperable air and naval forces that can execute networked, integrated attacks-in-depth to disrupt, destroy, and defeat enemy anti-access area denial capabilities.”

Paul Craig Roberts quoted Amitai Etzioni. He asked:

“Who Authorized Preparations for War with China?”

“The Pentagon has concluded that the time has come to prepare for with China, and in a manner well beyond crafting the sort of contingency plans that are expected for with a wide range of possible confrontations,” he said.

"It’s a “momentous decision. It hasn’t received proper attention. America’s posture is largely Pentagon driven.

It stands out even more prominently because (a) the change in military posture may well lead to an arms race with China, which could culminate in a nuclear war; and (b) the economic condition of the United States requires a reduction in military spending, not a new arms race.”

“The start of a new term, and with it the appointment of new secretaries of State and Defense, provides an opportunity to review the United States’ China strategy and the military’s role in it.”

“This review is particularly important before the new preparations for war move from an operational concept to a militarization program that includes ordering high-cost weapons systems and forced restructuring.”

“History shows that once these thresholds are crossed, it is exceedingly difficult to change course.”

In September 2001, Congress approved the Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF). It did so for “the use of United States Armed Forces against those responsible for the recent attacks launched against the United States.”

Carte blanche war-making authority was granted. America’s war on terror began. It’s waged on humanity. It does so out of control. It targets manufactured enemies at home and abroad.

It calls independent nations existential threats. Russia and China are targeted. They represent America’s [The Cabal New World Order's] final battleground.

Challenging them risks WW III. Obama’s no peacemaker. He’s a cold-blooded warrior. They threatens humanity’s survival. His 2010 Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) reflects Bush era strategy.

Related: Hillary Clinton’s Involvement with ISIS Confirmed by Wikileaks

Related: Military Blogger Alleges U.S. Now Aids ISIS to Oust Assad

It’s old wine in new bottles. It “reserves the right” to use nuclear weapons preemptively. America’s only enemies are ones it invents. Peace is verboten. So is disarmament. They’re both non-starters.

Washington targets more nations to destroy. It invents reasons for doing so. It threatens humanity in the process. Preemptive nuclear war assures it. America’s lunatic fringe may launch what cooler heads deplore. Elements in it have mushroom shaped cloud delusions.

Nuclear war assures turning planet earth into an uninhabited wasteland. Toxic proliferation already is destroying life slowly.

ISIS Was Created by the CIA and Mossad

Related Articles:

It’s A US-led Invasion, Not Civil War in Syria | US Peace Council

Hillary Clinton’s involvement with ISIS confirmed by Wikileaks

President al-Assad’s interview given to Associated Press

Russia Bombs 30 CIA, Qatari, Mossad Officers in Secret Allepo Bunker

Russia Ready to Confront US “Plan B” in Syria

Expert: Mainstream Media’s Coverage of Syria Serves Power Elite

UN blames US, EU sanctions for punishing Syrian civilians, stalling aid work – leaked report

The Syria White Helmets Exposed as US UK Agents Embedded with Al Nusra and ISIS

MSM Syria Lies Need to Be Exposed


Wayne Madsen: Yes, The USA Created ISIS… Along With…

5 Times the United States Helped ISIS

ISIS was created by the CIA and Mossad

Govt Task Force Confirms US Intelligence Faked Reports to Manipulate Public About ISIS

Extension of the [Engineered] world conflict

The Privatization of War: Mercenaries, Private Military and Security Companies (PMSC)

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Three Varieties Of Money
June 25 2024 | From: FinalWakeupCall / Various

The Illusion of Money: Money and banks are founded on faulty public sentiment. Money should be a symbol of value, the same way a little stone or carved piece of wood is a symbol of God. But, in the modern world, money is a commodity, like beer and cheese.

There are a many different kinds of money in exactly the same way as there are many brands of beer and cheese, and they all present their own national characters and peculiarities.

Related: Stefan Molyneux on the Keiser Report - The Federal Reserve is a Crime

However, there is a profound difference between money which has a value in-and-of-itself, such as a gold coin that has intrinsic value, and legal tender currencies, like bonds, notes and letters of credit. At the same time there is additionally, a market in other securities, like stocks and commodity futures.

More precisely, todays’ money is valuable only as long as there is not too much of it. The market can absorb a little counterfeited money, but there’s a limit.

And that limit has been greatly exceeded, thanks to, a worldwide overcapacity in output, financed by former lending and a huge excess of cheap labour, largely financed by the credit expansion of the last 30 years.

Without these two unique circumstances, central banks’ irresponsible QE and ZIRP policies would probably have caused inflation to rise into the double-digit range or even higher, much earlier, maybe as far back as a decade ago?

Nowadays there is no further need to worry about how much governments borrow. Central banks buy government bonds – hold them on their balance sheets – return the interest payments – and the whole thing is set up in such a way as to be swiftly forgotten.

And when the bonds expire, central banks can use the repaid principal to buy more government debt!

Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

In effect, today’s central banksters are doing something they previously could only dream of doing: printing money without causing a noticeable inflation. Politicians, too, are enjoying this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity of unaccounted for recklessness.

They are able to do what none could do before: borrow money without paying it back. The public has not read about these malpractices in the press yet, but it should be coming soon.

Regular readers who understood the earlier explained money scam know already that there is in actual fact no need for governments to repay their loans to central bankers, as the money governments borrow from central banks, doesn’t come from taxpayers, it comes from nowhere; from thin air, like the rest of the world’s money.

Three Varieties of Money

Think of the word “money” for a moment. What’s the first picture that comes to mind? Perhaps the folded pieces of paper in your wallet. Or the balance in your bank account.

Or perhaps the investments in your brokerage account. In today’s financial system, where unelected central bankers wield totalitarian control over the financial system, all three of these forms represent money, but the relationship between them is very shaky, and risky.

Physical cash, no matter where you live in the world, is used by every civilised nation on the planet. All nations have some form of physical currency in various denominations.

Related: Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

Dollars, Pounds, Euros, Yen, Renminbi. These pieces of paper are passed around as a medium of exchange. Go to the grocery store, and as long it is the local currency, you can pay for anything with physical cash. It is that simple.

Bank balances make it slightly more complicated. When logged into your bank’s website, you see a balance displayed on the screen. Don’t think for a second that there are a corresponding number of pieces of paper sitting in your bank’s vault. In fact, most banks have very little cash on hand.

Your balance is nothing more than an accounting entry on your bank’s balance sheet, which is likely maintained in a computer database. There’s no physical ‘money’ backing up this bank balance. It’s an annotation in a computer. Each bank customer’s savings is part of this complex system of accounting entries.

When you transfer money, the bank doesn’t send that amount in cash. They merely make an entry in the ledger, reducing your balance and increasing the one you are sending the money to for the same amount.

The same thing happens when a credit card is swiped to pay for something; banks exchange accounting entries that credit the vendor’s account and debit yours.

Nothing physical ever changes hands, it all takes place in digital ledgers. Given that this type of money exceeds physical cash by a factor of at least 10:1, it is correct to conclude that most modern currencies are in effect digital.

Related: How Greece Became A Guinea Pig For A Cashless And Controlled Society

Government bonds are another form of money that most people often forget about. Generally, people will keep the majority of their life’s savings in their bank account. But, big banks or companies that have tens of billions don’t keep such vast sums of money in the bank. Certainly not all of it.

Companies, institutions, banks, and even foreign governments around the globe buy government bonds precisely because of their ‘cash equivalent’ status. This means that if the Chinese government is doing a deal with an African government for $1 billion, they can conduct the transaction using US government bonds as payment currency.

Varieties Exchange Rate

But, here is the problem we have as a society: Right now, each of these three types of money is basically considered as the same thing.

They just are different varieties of the same money, i.e. $1 million in government bonds equals a $1 million bank balance, which equals one million pieces of paper. But in actuality, they are three entirely separate currencies: Physical cash, digital cash, and government IOUs.

At this moment in time, these three varieties of money have a 1:1:1 exchange ratio, i.e. they’re freely interchangeable at parity. But this 1:1:1 variety exchange ratio (VER) actually depends on financial stability. And when there are serious problems, the exchange rate breaks down rapidly.

Related: Kiwi banks freeze hundreds of accounts, figure likely to stretch into thousands

For example; in 2013 when the government of Cyprus froze bank accounts across the entire country. No one could access their bank balances for weeks. Clearly in an instance like this, the value of a bank balance becomes worthless. The only way to conduct a transaction was with physical cash.

So, in the event of a banking crisis, the variety exchange ratio changes quickly. Physical cash becomes much more valuable. It is the same thing in a government debt crisis. It is bizarre to think that the bonds of a bankrupt government are a widely accepted form of ‘risk-free’ savings among institutions.

But what happens when that bankrupt government defaults, or has to restructure its debt? The entire system breaks down. Suddenly the bonds are no longer ‘cash equivalents’, and there is a scramble to dump them and find another safe, reliable investment.

Cash is King

Similarly, the 1:1:1 VER quickly breaks down, just like it did in Greece. This is ultimately why it makes sense to hold some physical cash. You certainly won’t be worse off for holding some physical cash savings in a safe at home, especially since interest rates on bank balances are essentially zero.

Physical cash is by no means a magic bullet; it’s nothing more than a piece of paper printed by a government agency at the behest of an unelected central bank committee. Fundamentally, it has zero intrinsic value and in the long run all paper currencies will ultimately reach their intrinsic value of ZERO.

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

Future historians will wonder in utter disbelief how people could be so foolish as to assign any value whatsoever to paper and accept it as payment for delivered goods or services. – Nevertheless, in the short term, holding at least some physical cash makes sense as a hedge against financial calamity.

Trust and Debt Money Scam

To further expand on the concept of money, there are two more kinds of money in circulation, namely trust money, created out of people’s energy during the exchange between ordinary individuals, and debt money, created out of thin air by central banks and the banking industry through the fractional reserve scam.

The misuse of energy in the form of energy money causes suffering and death and is in violation with Galactic Law.

By legally equalising trust-money with debt-money, with an exchange rate of 1:1, debt money is given the same value as trust money, resulting in the fact that hardly anyone notices the scam that energy value equals with nothing.

Actually, debt money should have a much lower rating as there is a risk that the issuer could default on the debt!

Related: The Cashless Society: The Hard Road Towards An Easier Way To Pay & Australian Government To Track $100 Notes With Nano-chips As Cashless Society Looms

This aqualisation results in inflation, which in itself is forthright theft; as the increase of the money supply goes far beyond social trust.

The conflict between the two kinds of money – trust versus debt money – must be clear: as a dollar can be spent only once – in principle for private transactions between citizens, but due to this manipulation scheme, it is also promised by governments to pay off the public debt to the central banks.

Through this scheme, governments are engaged in a crime scam, as they allocate and commit people’s money without the consent, nor knowledge and understanding of their citizens.

Government is Our Enemy

To keep it analytically simple: the creditor of the money is to be paid back – which is the Central Bank – with the same money created out of nothing.

This is an abusive scam between the Central Bank and the citizens of the world. By erecting a smoke screen, most people don’t notice the swindle: This is due to the fact that the government REQUIRES that citizens PAY their taxes in the currency of the central bank.

In short this commitment defines the essence of debt money.

As a result of this scheme, Inflation occurs, due to nothing more and nothing less than the injection of fiat money – debt money – into the existing amount of trust money. This is actually an ‘abuse of trust’ with regard to the people, or plainly defined FRAUD.

Everyone knows that debt must always be paid off, so the people collectively continue to pay off a debt to which they never made a commitment. This is a deliberate and blatant SCAM of the government.

Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

This scam results in the following consequences: if all debt were to be repaid, then there would be no money left in circulation. Because the first component of the money supply – trust money – serves as collateral for the second – debt money – while the second is for the purchase of the first, so both shape the illusion of money. In other words,

Public debt is required to create money while the people are told that their money is needed to pay off public debt, which is, of course, complete nonsense and a huge lie!

The pledge of trust money is a promise. The collateral of debt money that arises from “debt” requires collateral for which taxes are created, collected by the government to pay off the ‘never-ending’ or perpetual debt to the Central Banks in the currency that the central bank itself has issued out of thin air.

This is subsequently mixed with the trust money already in circulation, making the SCAM invisible.

The System is Seen for What it Really is

So, the government is obviously our enemy. We have been betrayed. We should be angry and want to cry from frustration. But on the other hand, we must be glad and thankful to finally see through this scheme and see the system for what it really is, one that is physically and financially ruining us.

Let’s stop putting our trust in this impostor, the government, which, under the guise of being our faithful friend and a good provider, has betrayed us in favour of the multinationals and world financiers, the Deep State’s Brotherhood.

Let’s no longer ask for help, assistance, laws, etc., from our enemy. From today on, we should adopt the attitude of automatically being suspicious of all proposals, decisions or gifts coming from government. Always look this gift horse in the mouth.

Related: The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised

If it suggests that we go right, we should go left. Even if we don’t know why, we will be sure to make the right decision, because government works against us, moving in the opposite direction should reap victory.

Remember; we do give the Deep State power by staying ignorant of their existence or by remaining angry about what they do without taking the appropriate action!

Read and use the information provided in the book THE GREAT AWAKENING – soon to be released in English – to combat your government, authorities and the evil Elite.

Don’t accept your slavery status any longer. Victory can be attained by simply walking away from it!

Related Articles:

Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money

The Money Changers

Why Gold Is Money - Fiat Money Creates An Immoral Society: Money With Real Value Is Crucial

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply

30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

If You Find It Hard To Forgive, Read This
June 24 2024 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

Forgiveness. Every great spiritual teacher in human history has talked about it.

But why is it so difficult to forgive? And, more crucially, why is it so important?

Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

If you've been hurt by certain people and feel unable to forgive them and get unstuck from your past, this might come in handy.

All the great spiritual masters down the centuries have been teaching about the crucial importance of forgiveness for living in peace with ourselves and others.

But for us ordinary humans, to forgive is a very difficult thing to do.

Why It’s Hard to Forgive

If you’ve been deeply hurt by someone - and I’m sure you have, just like any other person alive - you must know exactly what I mean.

When someone hurts you, I bet forgiving them isn’t one of the first things to cross your mind. Rather, you most likely think of hurting them back - and as quickly as possible.

Related: Stop Seeking Revenge - Instead, Offer Forgiveness

You feel a burning desire to make them drink from the well of pain they pushed you into. Your heart is cut open because of them and all you want is to soak them in its blood.

Forgiveness is entirely out of the question. How could you forgive someone who HURT you? And, more importantly, how could you forgive someone who hurt YOU?

To the wounded ego, forgiveness implies not standing up for itself. Hence, giving in to it appears like self-betrayal. And since the ego is obsessed about itself, it doesn’t give a shit about forgiveness.

Its kingdom is under attack and it urgently needs to fight back to win the battle ahead in order to remain seated in the king’s chair. Only this way will it be able to feel strong, powerful and proud again.

To the ego, forgiveness is just another word for self-defeat

Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

Forgiveness Requires Strength

Forgiveness, we tend to think, is for the weak - that is, for those who don’t possess the will and courage to protect themselves against the evil. It’s for those whose heart is so vulnerable and fragile that anyone and at any time could take it into their hands and tear it apart without experiencing the least resistance.

Yet this couldn’t be further from the truth. Contrary to popular belief, the capacity to forgive is actually a sign of emotional strength.

To stay open, trusting and loving in an unkind, competitive and often cruel environment is one of the most courageous things you could do. To allow your heart to be the decision-maker in a world that is run by cunning brains is one of the most difficult psychological feats you can accomplish.

To practice compassion and offer second chances to those who’ve shown bad intentions towards you requires integrity, fearlessness and resilience.

Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

On the other hand, building tall, thick walls around your heart to insulate it from external forces is nothing but a sign of emotional weakness.

The image of a guarded, cold heart is screaming: “I’m terrified of the world and I feel the need to protect myself by staying away from it.”

Insecure and afraid, close-hearted people are desperately trying in any way possible to keep a certain distance from others - and the bigger that distance is, the safer they feel. But the price they have to pay for that is extremely high: Disconnection, loneliness, alienation.

Only the emotionally strong are able to forgive

Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

The Wisdom of Forgiveness

Other than a sign of strength, forgiveness is also a sign of wisdom. The reason is threefold:

Firstly, to forgive means realizing the pointlessness of trying to fix your heart by breaking the heart of someone else. If a person has hurt you, you won’t heal your emotional wounds nor erase the pain that results from their actions by hurting them back.

The wounds will still be there, and, whether you like it or not, they’ll likely leave permanent scars on your psyche. You can either accept what happened and move on with your life or try to undo your past and stay stuck in it. Forgiving people are wise enough to go for the former option.

Secondly, to forgive means seeing the dark side in everyone.

Although forgiving people don’t try to justify acts that are unjustifiable, they do recognize that all humans (themselves included) are imperfect and hence prone to commit mistakes or “wrongdoings”, such as hurting others (whether intentionally or unintentionally).

Related: Overcoming The Fear Of Intimacy: A Helpful Advice For The Wounded Heart

Instead of expecting that others behave in perfectly nice manners and judging or abandoning them when they don’t, they understand that, despite their imperfections, all people are deserving of love and compassion.

And when they feel the need to depart from a relationship that has turned toxic, they try their best to do so without adding any extra conflict and suffering to it.

Lastly, to forgive means understanding that, as Gandhi eloquently put it, “an eye for an eye will make the whole world blind.”

Forgiving people know that those who hurt them are themselves hurt, and that revenge only makes things worse, by fueling a cycle of hatred that leads to prolonged and intensified suffering.

They also know that only compassion can break that cycle, agreeing with Martin Luther King, Jr. who said: “Darkness cannot drive out darkness; only light can do that. Hate cannot drive out hate; only love can do that.”

Forgiveness - not revenge - is the answer

Related: The Science Of The Heart

Opening Our Hearts

When we’re overcome with resentment, it can be hard to forgive someone who has hurt us. Resentment narrows our perception, clouds our judgment and hardens our emotions, preventing us from seeing our situation with clear eyes and dealing with it in an effective manner.

In other words, resentment turns us into captives of our traumatic past, not allowing us to let go and focus on what lies ahead of us. This is well-illustrated by an old Tibetan story:

"Two ex-prisoners of war meet after many years. When the first one asks, “Have you forgiven your captors yet?” the second man answers, “No, never.”  “Well then,” the first man replies, “they still have you in prison.”

To break free from the prison of resentment and the suffering that goes hand in hand with it, we need to open our hearts and embrace our fellow humans with compassion.

Initially, this might be quite a difficult thing to do, but it’s the only way to get unstuck from the destructive patterns of our past, rediscover inner peace and build healthy relationships based on love and understanding.

Related: A Helpful Guide To Cultivating Gratitude

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Zombie-Like Lives Of Sheeple From Birth To Death
June 23 2024 | From: PrepareForChange / Various

This article is not meant to offend anyone. It was written with the intention to strengthen people’s spiritual awareness, allowing them to break the spells of words and see beyond the boundary of mainstream and alternative media.

Please read with an open mind and pay attention to the words, because the truth is hidden in the definitions, origins and phonetics of words.

Related: Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses

To innerstand the zombie-like lives of sheeple, we need to first investigate the word sheeple, so we know what it means. According to Merriam-Webster.com, the word sheeple means, “people who are docile, compliant, or easily influenced : people likened to sheep”.

This word is derived from the combination of the words sheep and people. In many ways, sheeple are people who are naive and lack critical thinking skills, and obediently follow orders because they are too afraid to question their so-called authorities. This article will show you proof that most people are acting like sheeple and are far from being “awake”.

Why Sheeple are Properties of the State and are in a Daze

The zombie-like lives of sheeple begin on the day they are born. Shortly after sheeple are born, their parental sheeple give them a name and register them to the State using the “birth” certificate.

The sad thing that parental sheeple do not know is that the birth certificate is the legal document used by the State to trick them to “abandon” their babies or “lambs”, allowing the government to claim their babies/lambs as chattels (personal properties).

It also allows the government to transfer their babies/lambs to the land of the DEAD (legal fiction), turning their babies/lambs into dead entities in the eyes of the law. Hence, the name in all capital letters on their social security cards and driver’s licenses. The name in all capital letters is the same all caps name written on gravestones.

Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean & It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

What sheeple do not know about governments is that nearly all of them have been incorporated and thereby are legal fictions. In the United States (incorporated), the U.S. government is a FOREIGN corporation with respect to a state of the United States of America (unincorporated).

For evidence of this, read this article. In the article, there is a sentence that says, “The United States government is a foreign corporation with respect to a state.” Most, if not all, sheeple have been brainwashed so bad that they actually think that governments are living entities and have power over them.

There is NO government that is living in reality because there is no living man or woman who is the government itself. There are only men and women acting as agents for the government.

Sheeple wake up in the morning thinking they are awake, but they do not realize that they are actually in a daze, which etymologically means “to become weary”. The word weary is derived from the Old English word werig, meaning “tired, exhausted; miserable, sad”.

As for the word awake, it secretly means “a night watch for the dead”. The evidence of this can be seen when you use the art of word magic to decipher the word awake. When you move the first letter “a” from the word “awake” a space to the left, you get the term “a wake”.

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

According to Dictionary.com, the word wake means “a watch or vigil by the body of a dead person before burial, sometimes accompanied by feasting or merrymaking.” (Bold emphasis added)

Another word you need to investigate, using the art of word magic, in the previous paragraph is morning. Phonetically, the word morning sounds like the word mourning, meaning “the act of a person who mourns; sorrowing or lamentation” or “the conventional manifestation of sorrow for a person’s death, especially by the wearing of black clothes or a black armband, the hanging of flags at half-mast, etc.” What do sheeple do at “a wake”? They mourn the dead wearing black clothes.

Why do sheeple mourn the dead? They mourn the dead because they are in a daze and feeling weary. Remember, the word weary is derived from the Old English word werig, meaning “tired, exhausted; miserable, sad”. To help ease the weariness, some sheeple give money to the family of the dead, but what they do not realize is that the so-called money that they give is called “legal tender”, which is a deceptive way of saying “debt”.

Phonetically, the word debt sounds like the word dead. All legal debts are fictitious because they are created by banks, which are corporations, also legally known as artificial persons. In other words, all legal debts are created for the dead (legal fiction). Why do you think sheeple “bury” their money in the bank? Sheeple bury their so-called money because it is dead/debt

The Sins of Sheeple

One of the worst debts that sheeple have is called a mortgage. What sheeple do not know about the word mortgage is that it secretly means “a pledge to the dead”. To find evidence of this, you need to use an etymological dictionary and the art of wordplay to decipher the word mortgage.

Related: The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

When you split the word mortgage into two words, it transforms into the term “mort-gage”. Keep in mind that the word mortgage is derived from two Old French words, which are mort and gage. In Old French, mort means “dead” and gage means “pledge”.

The word pledge comes from Old French plegier, meaning “to promise”. Dictionary.com defines pledge using these exact words: “a solemn promise or agreement to do or refrain from doing something”. Based on the etymological definition of mort and gage, the term mortgage/”mort-gage” can be translated as “a pledge to the dead”.

All legal debts are for the dead, which is why the word debt can mean “sin”. Hence, the Bible verse Romans 6:23 (KJV), “23 For the wages of sin is death”.

is debt/dead/death. To find evidence that the word debt can mean sin, go to Merriam-Webster.com and search for the definition of debt and you should see the word sin as one of its definitions. The word sin is derived from the Old English word synn, meaning “moral wrongdoing, injury, mischief, enmity, feud, guilt, crime, offense against God, misdeed”.

Deep down, sheeple feel bad for all the debts/sins that they created, so many of them go to church to see if they can find God and hope that God will forgive them for their sins/debts. What sheeple do not know is that nearly all churches throughout the world have been incorporated and thereby are dead corporations.

Related: How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead

To make matters worse, nearly all clergies (e.g., pastors, priests and ministers) do not know the secret knowledge of the Bible. How many clergies do you know that have the knowledge and courage to teach sheeple that the true church or temple of God is WITHIN them? In this lifetime, I have never met one, have you?

To make matters even worse, sheeple baptize their babies/lambs, thinking that this external act will free their babies/lambs from original sin. External baptism will not free their babies/lambs from original sin. How do I know this? Because if it did free them from original sin, they would be immortal and not die.

To be free from original sin is to be free from death. External baptism is nothing more than a dark magic spell designed to deceive parental sheeple to give up their babies’ bodies and souls to the antichrist and the false gods of the false church.

Unlike external baptism, internal baptism is a holy process that occurs within the body, not outside of it.

Like the government, the church is also a fictitious entity. In other words, it is “an invisible body”. The evidence of this can be seen in the definition of the word parson. According to The Law-Dictionary (Tomlins, 1835), the word parson means, “One that hath full possession of all the rights of a parochial church.

He is called parson, persona, because by his person the church, which is an invisible body, is represented; and he is in himself a body corporate, in order to protect and defend the rights of the church (which he personates) by a perpetual succession. 1 Inst. 300.” (Bold emphasis added)

Related: The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

Esoterically, the word church means “body”. In other words, the temple or church of God is man’s physical body (gender-neutral). To be more specific, it is the TRUE temple/church of God. As a result of that, all external churches (buildings) are false churches.

No external church or temple built by man is more holy than the physical body of man (gender-neutral), because man was created by God and the Spirit of God dwells in man. Hence, the Bible verses 1 Corinthians 3:16-17 (KJV):

16 Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?

17 If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are.

The Corporate Life of Sheeple

Nearly every morning/mourning, especially during the weekday or “week-daze”, millions, if not billions, of sheeple throughout the world go to work at corporations, which can be abbreviated as corps.

Phonetically, the word corps sounds similar to the word corpse, which is defined as “a dead body, usually of a human being”. Black’s Law Dictionary (6th edition) defines the word corporation as, “An artificial person or legal entity created by or under the authority of the laws of a state.”

Related: When Corporatocracy Is Disguised As Rule Of Law

An artificial person is considered dead in the eyes of the law and thereby can be defined as a corpse. Hence, the word corporation/corps/”corpse”. You can also find the word corps in the term “marine corps”. In law, all military personnel are considered dead and thereby have no natural rights, which is why government superiors order them around like dogs and make them wear dog tags.

To ease the pain of working at a corporation/corps/corpse, most sheeple are given a break during the “weekend” because they are “weakened”. Besides the weekend/weakened, sheeple like to celebrate yearly parties, so they do not have to think about their dead-end jobs.

One of these yearly parties is commonly known as a birthday. What sheeple do not innerstand about a birthday is that it is a ritual for celebrating the birth of a corpse, which is a dead body. Some of the evidence of this can be seen in certain legal definitions of the word birth.

An interesting fact you need to know about the word birth is that it can mean “a still-birth”. In New Zealand, the interpretation section of the Births, Deaths, Marriages, and Relationships Registration Act 1995 defines the word birth using these exact words: “includes a still-birth”.

An important word you need to investigate in the previous definition is include. In law, when the word include is used in an expression or definition of a legal matter, it EXCLUDES everything else that is not in that expression or definition. The evidence of this can be found in the legal definition of “inclusio unius est exclusio alterius”.

Black’s Law Dictionary (5th edition) defines “inclusio unius est exclusio alterius” using these exact words: “The inclusion of one is the exclusion of another. The certain designation of one person is an absolute exclusion of all others.”

Related: The Birth Certificate Odyssey

The word birth is often used to describe the emergence of a new entity. In law, nearly every entity that is “birth” falls under the jurisdiction of the legal system. When it comes to jurisdiction, the legal system only has jurisdiction over fictitious entities, which are legally dead entities.

Because of this, all living babies that are “birthed” and registered to the State through the “birth” certificate are presumed to be dead in the eyes of the law.

One of the major reasons that they are presumed to be dead by the State is so that the government has the right to administer them. Remember, the government is a fictitious entity and thereby can only administer other fictitious (dead) entities.

To secretly tell sheeple that they are dead in the eyes of the law, the agents of the government indoctrinate sheeple to celebrate their birthdays with cakes and candles. When it comes to corpses, candles are traditionally used to dispel the darkness, so the spirits of corpses can find their way home.

This is one of the hidden reasons that they teach sheeple to light candles and stick them on cakes during birthday ceremonies. Every time sheeple light candles during their birthdays and stick them on a cake, their actions tell the Dark Forces (false gods and self-serving thought-form entities) that they consent to be participants of the birthday ceremony, which is a ritual for celebrating the birth of a corpse or dead baby.

During birthday ceremonies, many sheeple like to drink alcohol beverages. What they do not know is that alcohol is effective for weakening the connection to the true God that dwells within the “temples” of their head. They did not call that area of the head the “temples” for no reason. Besides weakening their connection to God, alcohol also drains their life force energy.

Alcohol is able to do this because it has the ability to extract the essence of an entity. This is why alcohol is an important substance for herbalists. With the aid of alcohol, herbalists can extract the essences of plants to make essential oils.

Related: The Spiritual Consequences Of Alcohol Consumption + The Likely Cause Of Addiction Has Been Discovered, And It Is Not What You Think

Because of the extracting effect of alcohol, when sheeple drink enough of it to make them drunk, it can temporary extract the essences of their souls, which contain their life force energies. This weakens their spirits, making their bodies more susceptible to being possessed by foreign spirits.

Why Sheeple Have Been Legally Dead Their Whole Lives

After decades of working, partying and drinking, sheeple’s bodies cannot handle the stress anymore, causing them to die prematurely. After they die, their names are written in ALL CAPITAL LETTERS on gravestones to seal the deal and let other sheeple know that they are officially DEAD.

What sheeple do not know is that shortly after their births, the government incorporated them, turning them into dead entities before they even learn how to say a word. It is often hard for sheeple to see the truth that they have been incorporated and thereby are corps/corpses, so to make it easier for them to see the truth, let us investigate the legal document known as “writ of summons”.

When a court agent serves sheeple a writ of summons, the first question he asks them is often related to their legal name, which 99 percent of the time is written in all capital letters on court documents. For example, the court agent may ask them the question “are you JOHN HENRY DOE?”

Most, if not all, sheeple would answer “yes”. By saying yes or responding with a similar answer and accepting the writ of summons, they basically agree to play the role of a dead character, which is the legal name (e.g., JOHN HENRY DOE). This occurs because the legal name is not living, but is a fictitious entity that has no life force of its own.

Related: Strawman - The Nature Of The Cage

As a result of that, it is as DEAD as a fictional character in a storybook. The writ of summons is used to summon the dead using sheeple as mediums. This is why a court agent has to serve them a writ of summons with their legal name on it before a judge can demand them to appear in court.

To connect the dots, when sheeple accept a writ of summons, whether they realize it or not, they agree to raise the dead, so they can play the role of a dead character. In other words, they agree to be “zombies”. What do witches do when they want to communicate with dead spirits? They summon them using certain magic spells. Do you innerstand now why it is called a writ of summons?

The sheeple are so brainwashed and spiritually brain dead that they are not even aware that they have been monetized and turned into dead entities, so they can be sold on the stock market by the stock traders/traitors of mankind. To make fun of them, the Elite order their minions to create TV series and movies about zombies, such as The Walking Dead.

In this TV series, the zombies represent the sheeple that do not even realize that they are legally dead. The so-called zombie apocalypse is already here, because the sheeple are, in a sense, the walking dead!

It is time to wake up sheeple and stop acting like zombies! The grass is much greener on the side of the living.

Related Articles:

How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

We Don’t Need Government, We Need Purpose

The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Why Is Scientific Fraud So Rampant? & The Challenge Of The 'Corona Crisis': Your Life, Your Mind, Your Soul + More
June 22 2024 | From: NZDSOS / MichelChossudovsky / Various

In this article we highlight the ways in which scientific fraud is being used to predict catastrophic events and the ideology and funding behind these practices.


Related: Science just ain’t what it used to be: Multiple research journals closing because of fake news deluge

The Club of Rome

An early computerised predictive model was used more than 50 years ago by systems analysts at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

Sponsored by a small group of secretive but highly influential billionaires named the Club of Rome, The Limits to Growth was published in 1972. 

Dire planetary consequences were predicted due to five factors: population increase, agricultural production, nonrenewable resource depletion, industrial output, and pollution generation.

The Limits to Growth authors concluded that severe limitations on humanity – imposed by a powerful minority, upon a necessarily impoverished majority – were required. 

Their faulty assumptions of limited resources, threatened by human activity and requiring centralised solutions, deny an infinite range of realities and possibilities. 

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #55. Club of Rome

For example: climate change is largely influenced by solar cycles and other naturally-occurring phenomena; curious, questioning and free societies generate limitless ideas; and wealth generation increases problem-solving capacities

Maintaining the dogma of limits to growth has required burgeoning levels of propaganda and censorship which are culminating today as information control written into legislation at globalist agencies such as the United Nations and World Health Organization

Propaganda techniques to increase centralised control are discussed in the article Covid and Climate Change: A tale of two global crises, in which the author demonstrates the use of colour schemes to give a false impression of a crisis in 2022 compared to warmer weather with no suggestion of crisis on the same day a mere five years earlier.

Even weather forecasting mey contribute to climate change?

Screenshot from German weather forecast June 20, 2017 | Screenshot from German weather forecast June 20 2022. Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: The Climate Change Industry And The Hoax Of Global Warming

Three months after the publication of Limits to Growth, Club of Rome associate and Rockefeller Foundation trustee, oil magnate Maurice Strong led the United Nations Conference on the Environment and Development in Stockholm, sparking a debate on the link between population growth and resource scarcity. 

In 1991 another Club of Rome publication,  The First Global Revolution, announced the need for “new enemies” to be identified to ensure social unity.  The book is perhaps best known for the following quote.

"In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill.

All these dangers are caused by human intervention and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome.

The real enemy, then, is humanity itself.”

Proponents of this deeply Malthusian ideology continue to advocate today for tight controls on humanity, such as European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen and US Special Presidential Envoy for Climate, John Kerry.

These political figures are both frequent attendees at the World Economic Forum (WEF) whose role is to coordinate public-private partnerships in order to “shape global, regional and industry agendas” towards global governance. WEF founder Klaus Schwab has boasted that “I was the person who gave the Club of Rome their first big platform“.

Population control is a focus of modern day events driven by powerful and zealous groups such as the World Economic Forum and United Nations, the World Bank and World Health Organization (WHO).

They teeter perilously close to openly advocating for depopulation at a time when multiple harms to reproductive health are being observed as excess deaths increase, temporal to the rollout of pharmaceutical products and other alleged “public health responses” which happen to enrich their partners and benefactors.

Related: When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

United Nations, Climate Change and Managed Retreat

In 1992 Maurice Strong led another UN Conference, known as the Earth Summit, leading to the adoption of UN Agenda 21 which has since evolved into Agenda 2030. One of the best sources for detail on Agenda 21/2030 is British researcher Sandi Adams.

Mathematical models, known to be unreliable and easily manipulated towards the required outcome, continue to be used to promote climate change policies such as managed retreat. This is being planned in New Zealand by adherents to the ideology, using local staff, most of whom are likely oblivious to what lies behind the policies being developed and implemented. 

Largely unaware of the threat to property ownership and other basic rights, citizens are not consulted and have not consented.

Almost 2,000 appropriately qualified scientists have signed the World Climate Declaration: There is No Climate Emergency.

Many are speaking out against climate change ideology, including but not limited to, Dr Judith Curry, Dr John Clauser, Professors William Happer and Richard Lindzen, Professor Ian Plimer, Gregory Wrightstone and Greenpeace co-founder Dr Patrick Moore.

According to the International Climate Science Coalition, the United Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) use climate models which lack the scientific integrity needed for use in climate prediction and related policy decision-making.  Their policy-makers and executives often seriously misrepresent the conclusions of their own scientific reports.

The Nongovernmental International Panel on Climate Change (NIPCC) was founded by independent climate change scientists in response to the politically-charged motivations of the IPCC

They offer a “comprehensive, authoritative, and realistic assessment of the science and economics of global warming” as a second opinion to the science evidence on climate change.  

Dr Matt Shelton and Dr Meryl Nass On Exposing the Globalist Agenda

Dr Matt Shelton from New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out with Science recently had a down to earth chat with Dr Meryl Nass, a fearless hero, calling out the globalist agenda, corruption in the medical, industrial military complex and the suppression of possible treatments so that the c-19 injections could be rolled out in operation warp speed.

Read more here.

Related Articles:

Following up on the Road To Geneva - Pandemic Treaty Delayed

The WHO Takeover Intensifies: Outcome of the 77th World Health Assembly in Geneva

What’s in the Newly Adopted Amendments to the WHO International Health Regulations? | FALLOUT

Digital Tyranny. The WHO Pandemic Treaty is the Back Door to “Global Governance”

Slovak Prime Minister Shot and Gravely Injured, Firmly Opposed to “Pandemic Treaty”

Citizens of the World Unite on the Road to Geneva

Use of Scientific Fraud in Global Catastrophism

Climate catastrophism appears to have preceded pandemic catastrophism, with many shared experiences between the two. Both claim to be a global issue requiring globalised solutions.

Both promote predictive mathematical models whilst ignoring and/or denying real world evidence. Both engage in silencing and cancellation of even eminent scientists sharing valid information that contradicts their narrative.

Both narratives are heavily-funded by corporatised interests requiring often harmful responses.

Evidence shared by “dissident” climate scientists promotes appropriate environmental care just as evidence shared by “dissident” public health professionals promotes appropriate health care.

The solutions offered by both sets of critically thinking experts are far less damaging to the planet and humanity, at the same time as being far less profitable for stakeholders.

Related: Psyop X? Measles, Bird Flu, Disease X?

Avian Influenza H5N1 (HPAI-A)

Corporate-funded academics continue to engage in scientific fraud to advocate fear of infectious disease catastrophes and loyalty to miraculous “safe and effective” pharmaceutical products.

Avian influenza H5N1, also known as Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza A, (HPAI-A), appears to be the next ‘Disease X’ being ramped up to intensify public alarm, disrupt food supplies and sell pharmaceutical products.

The World Health Organization’s Chief Scientist Jeremy Farrar claimed in a press conference last month, that HPAI-A has spread over the past two years to become a global animal pandemic.

He warned that increasing infections in mammals such as dairy cows suggests possible viral evolution which may see human to human transmission occur.

The disease has been observed across the globe since at least the 1880s, but has been reported with increasingly alarmist tones in the past decade as the biosecurity state was being incorporated into our governments and other agencies, whilst most of the world took little notice.

In 2022 former Director of the USA Centers for Disease Control, Robert Redfield, predicted a severe bird flu pandemic that would dwarf Covid in mortality.

How could he possibly foresee this? Likely because he knows that, with US Department of Agriculture funding, the Chinese Academy of Sciences at Wuhan are engaging in gain of function (biological warfare) research:

"To see if they can make “highly pathogenic avian influenza” more contagious to mammals in cruel and dangerous gain-of-function experiments..”

Related: Deep Medical Fraud: Logical Insight Cancels Brain Fog: Logical Insight Cancels Brain Fog & FDA Quietly Bans Powerful Life-Saving Intravenous Vitamin C

The virus causes mild symptoms of reduced appetite, lethargy and reduced milk production in affected cattle. The one human case in the current outbreak presented with conjunctivitis (a treatable infection of the outer mucous membrane of the eyelids and whites of the eye).

This was, of course, headlined in the media as “bleeding eyeballs“, despite going on to describe his symptoms as “very mild”!

As we have written previously (here and here), Jeremy Farrar has close ties to all of the usual pandemic powerbrokers: Wellcome Trust, World Economic Forum, Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, CEPI and GAVI.

He built a fear frenzy in 2004 over avian influenza, and has a history of proclaiming tyranny as a public health response. Learn more at Unlimited Hangout podcast episode 46, Jeremy Farrar and the WHO.

Meanwhile vaccines targeting HPAI-A are being stockpiled by the US government, with new vaccines being developed. One such product is AUDENZ Influenza A (H5N1) monovalent vaccine.

The clinical trials for AUDENZ resulted in 11 fatal serious adverse events of vaccine recipients, against one fatality in the placebo group who received saline. In a classic example of the normalisation of scientific fraud, the company conclude with no evidence that this massive difference had nothing to do with their product.

Kansas AG Files Lawsuit Against Pfizer Over COVID Vaccine

The Pandemic Industry Relies on Scientific Fraud

Without scientific fraud – gain of function research, fraudulent testing to replace skilled diagnosis, unnecessary and expensive surveillance systems, dishonest reporting of disease risk, and warp speed product development, marketing and sales– the pandemic industry has no legs.

Not only does it provide profits via public money for research and development costs, but once a population is sick they become beholden even further, to the industry responsible for making them sick in the first place.

History shows us that there are always predators among us who care nothing for massive loss of life in furtherance of their own power.

The financial muscle of a powerful few involved in ‘exclusive clubs’ such as the Club of Rome and World Economic Forum is now so monstrously large that buying entire industries and their captive minions – or creating them from scratch, like the military industrial pandemic complex – is just a push button away.

Related: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here

We recommend understanding what we are up against, sharing your knowledge calmly and respectfully, disengaging from the fear mongering of mainstream media, learning about and caring for your own (and your animals’) health, being as resilient as possible and using good old-fashioned common sense.

Related Articles:

A COVID Inquiry conflict of interest? Chair Tony Blakely’s direct role during the pandemic raises concerns that the government is marking its own homework

People Power Pushes Back on the Political Royal Commission

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

COVID Nurse Whistleblower

Ex-CDC Director Warns Gain-of-Function Research on Bird Flu Could Spark ‘Great Pandemic’

The Toxic Similarities Between Mandatory Vaccination and Water Fluoridation

The Challenge Of The 'Corona Crisis': Your Life, Your Mind, Your Soul

Article by Guest Author Pascal Sacré, Outstanding Medical Doctor committed to the Truth.

With my curiosity, my learning and my openness to everything that can help humanity, without taboos or censorship, I say to all humanity to stop this race to death. Get off the crazy train. I know, it is scary, it can hurt, and at the same time, as long as you feel the pain, you are alive. Take back your physical and intellectual autonomy and protect your children. - Pascal Sacré

Related: Rodney Hide calls for return to Judeo-Christian beliefs, calls climate, gender and vaccination policies “tyrannical and evil”

First published by mondialisation.ca. in French (Centre de recherche sur la mondialisation)

The World is a Dangerous Place to Live In

"The world is dangerous to live, 

not so much because of those who do evil,

but because of those who watch and let it happen.

Let’s not go around the bush."

I am referring to the so-called COVID-19 pandemic that led to the injection of a product of composition still unknown to billions of people, from 2021, under a pretext advanced as an indisputable dogma, that of stopping the said pandemic.

Related: The Latest Tragedy: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome & It’s Now Crucial To Understand What We’re Up Against: The COVID Pandemic Is A Coup d’état, A Global Takeover Referred To As “The Great Reset” + We Need A Reset, But Not ‘The Great Reset’

So-called experts took turns on all the radio and television waves of the world to tell us that this infection was fatal and that the only way to stop it was to be injected with a product presented as a new generation, effective and harmless vaccine.

And billions of people believed it and received this injection, not once, but for a large number, several times. And it is not over and continues to be advocated, strongly recommended for pregnant women, children and old people.

Today, in May 2024, what can we say about it, by being humble, honest, scientific, the most impartial examiner possible of the facts, free from any conflict or even any link of interest and only seeking to get as close as possible to the truth, whether we like it or not?

As soon as I perceived the discrepancies in the official speech (the canary in the mine), fully assuming my function as anesthesiologist-resuscitator, intensivist, at the front lines in a large acute hospitalization service in Belgium, I published an article entitled: “COVID-19, check your sources. War against…corruption? “, April 12, 2020 [No longer online].

The term “war” refers to the expression used six times by French President Emmanuel Macron in his speech of March 16, 2020, We are at war“, implied, for him, against a virus while a war against pandemic scientific and media corruption would save many more human lives!

It was premonitory because it is vital in this kind of crisis to discern the truth of the lie; to verify what we are told, especially when the author of the lie is presented as an expert and expresses himself without citing any of his sources, relying only on his largely manufactured reputation and on the complicity, conscious or not, of journalists who do not question anything that this expert says.

High Excess Death Rates Persist in the West Post-Pandemic Despite Vaccines and Measures: BMJ Study

A recent study shows that excess death rates have remained high across 47 Western countries for three consecutive years since the onset of the COVID pandemic. 

But what’s causing it? COVID, containment measures, or the vaccines themselves? It seems that nobody knows for sure. 

The study published in BMJ Public Health – covering Europe, North America, Australia, and New Zealand – aimed to measure the effectiveness of the response to the pandemic. 

Read more here

Related Articles:

Canadian class action lawsuit alleges illegal push for COVID vaccines by governments

Increased Cancer Deaths After Third mRNA Injection Revealed in Japanese Data

Epidemic of 15-19 Year Olds Dropping Dead in Schools and Dorms Across USA and Canada in April 2023

Another Fully Vaccinated Canadian Doctor Is Dead

Bombshell: Japan’s Former Minister of Internal Affairs Apologizes to the Unvaccinated: ‘You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones’

With increases in the number of vaccinated Australians dying, the Senate has finally launched an inquiry

Health and Disability Commissioner Falls From Her Tightrope

“We designed mRNA to kill” – CIA Whistleblower?

17-year-old Australian Lung Transplant Patient Was Killed for Being Unvaccinated

Young plumber’s death from Pfizer vaccine side effect could have been prevented, coroner finds

Three Canadians Doctors Died at Same Hospital in Ontario

Robert Malone LIVE Q&A: CDC Internal Documents Reveal COVID Vaccine-Related Deaths

Beware the Most Effective Lies are Half-Truths

Or are sown in the otherwise coherent discourse, like almost invisible, imperceptible grains.

The devil is always in the details.

This is what has happened to almost all the official statements denounced in the last four years as indisputable truths by our “benevolent” authorities, assertions subsequently denied, quickly or later, by the facts and serious, independent and courageous analysts given the extreme censorship and extensive intimidation to which they have been subjected.

For my part, I refer you to the many articles written between April 2020 and January 2023, on the site www.mondialisation.ca, addressing almost all the subjects concerned, confinements, early treatments including ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine, RT-PCR diagnostic technique, vaccines, masks and totalitarian drift.

For almost everything, the facts will have proved me right.

Related: COVID blew apart the theory of the “Overton window”

I’m Far From Being the Only One

I only come back to a few illustrative points.

Hydroxychloroquine, an old and well-known treatment, with marginal side effects if the pharmacology and dosages (doses) are respected and which has been shown to be effective in the early treatment of COVID-19.

With other doctors, including many fields, from many nations, I said this very early and the facts confirmed this truth yet offended by official experts, including the prestigious medical journal, the Lancet, which withdrew its hostile and fraudulent article 12 days after its publication creating the scandal called Lancetgate.

However, you will notice, and it is a habit, that all the doctors in the world, those in the field called general practitioners or family doctors, have not been warned of this rehabilitation of hydroxychloroquine by these same media from all countries, unanimous and very noisy when it came to spreading a lie, discreet or even silent when it came to restoring the truth.

We can make the same observation with ivermectin.

Related: Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

As a doctor, I personally treated hundreds of people with acute respiratory infection labeled COVID-19 in 2021 with correctly dosed ivermectin.

This treatment has been safe and effective, often from the first day of treatment, including in people at risk and fragile, very old, obese, chronic heart or respiratory insufficiency, thus avoiding changes to more serious forms, reducing hospital overload and the period of contagiousness; with an inexpensive, harmless drug that can be prescribed to pregnant women without risk to the fetus, and known since the 1980s, widely prescribed in Africa in particular.

Where are the articles and documentaries relating this truth, in all our written or spoken media?

Have you seen a rehabilitation of these really effective and safe treatments (at the recommended dosages) since the facts proved right to all those who advocated them as early as 2020 or 2021?

Me, no.

On the contrary, doctors, among others, who have treated and talked about their success have been (and still are) threatened with radiation, suspension, prosecution and defamed in this press that continues to lie and support the vaccine in its entirety.

Related: COVID subcommittee hears there is no scientific evidence supporting six-feet social distancing

While the Facts Prove Us Right. And the So-Called “Vaccine”?

Based on current data and the decline since 2021, in England, it has been known since September 2023 that COVID-19 vaccinated people die more than unvaccinated people:

Further Proof: The “Age Adjusted Argument” has been Crushed by the mRNA Data Avalanche. While this will thankfully Crush mRNA investment, sadly it has also Crushed so many Victims along the way. (substack.com), as analyzed by the French statistician Pierre Chaillot, author of a remarkable book, COVID-19, which is revealed by the official figures, éditions l’Artilleur.

Here is the video where Pierre Chaillot analyzes English statistics: Revelation of a new English study: we know who dies the most! (youtube.com).

Really, I encourage you, 4 years after my first article, to reread them all.

On the one hand, we have inexpensive treatments, effective especially since they are early, harmless in case of use according to the prescription rules, treatments that have proven their worth (I can attest to it personally),

And on the other hand, we have injections of a product with an unknown complete composition, fraudulently called “vaccines”, very expensive but very profitable for the shareholders of the companies that manufacture them and all those they have corrupted, and which we now know to cause excess mortality and an outbreak of side effects in populations around the world (cancers, autoimmune diseases, degeneration, acceleration of cellular aging…).

But our authorities, the press, the official “experts” continue their way without blinking, continuing to shoot honest scientists and caregivers who are independent of any financial link with the globalized system, and who contradict them by relying on the facts.

Why do the vast majority of people continue to let it happen? And to let yourself go? Because the key to the exit door is in them.

In each of us.

COVID-19 Vaccines and Adverse Events of Special Interest: Our Review of the World’s Largest Study

A recent study, COVID-19 vaccines and adverse events of special interest: A multinational Global Vaccine Data Network (GVDN) cohort study of 99 million vaccinated individuals, was published in the journal Vaccine and has reached the attention of news outlets in the mainstream media. This seems like a move in the right direction, but is it?

Read more here.

Related Articles:

Tide Turned? Research on COVID Vaccine Injuries, Once a Taboo Subject, Now Appearing in Some Medical Journals

Doctors Baffled by Rare Neurological Condition

A Limited Hangout on Vaccine Harms

The Tale of the PVSC and the Ombudsman – An Update

NZ’s MSM Doesn’t Ask the Questions and Ignores the Elephant

Ex-CDC director reveals ‘significant side effects’ of COVID vaccines have made some ‘quite ill’

It’s About Our Survival

Now, I will give more of my personal opinion, my deduction.

It’s only that, my opinion, even if the past showed that I had seen clearly on many of the subjects concerned, do not believe me on my word or by friendship.

Check, check, read articles, books, watch the videos I inform you to enlighten you, and make your own opinion.

Everything I say from now on can still evolve.

This is the true honest science, never to freeze on a position, a belief that would become an unbeatable dogma, regardless of the contradictory facts or the painful need to admit to having been wrong. No. Especially not.

While having the courage to affirm what we think at some point, whether we like it or not, even if it attracts us trouble, suspension, cancellation, tax control, or even worse.

I hope that all readers on this site will therefore have understood that we have been lied to; sometimes intelligently and subtly, more often in a rude and authoritarian way, using human weaknesses through fear, conformism, selfishness and lazioness.


After 3 Years of Censorship; Mainstream Media Now Confirms that COVID Jabs “May be to Blame for Increase in Excess Deaths”

If this report by The Telegraph had been published in early 2021, several million lives would have been saved.

But in 2021, censorship was imposed. Honest journalism was silenced. The media was supportive of the fear campaign.

The Telegraph report by Science Editor Sara Knapton, 5 June 2024 pertains to:

Researchers from The Netherlands analysed data from 47 Western countries and discovered there had been more than three million excess deaths since 2020, with the trend continuing despite the rollout of vaccines and containment measures.

Read more here.

Related Articles:

World Leader Confesses: 'Unvaxxed Were Right, We Tried Poisoning BILLIONS of You'

“We designed mRNA to kill” – CIA Whistleblower?

AstraZeneca withdraws Covid vaccine, months after admitting rare side effect

AstraZeneca Begins Worldwide Withdrawal of COVID-19 Vaccine

AstraZeneca withdrawing its COVID-19 vaccine in the European Union, similar move in more countries to follow

Has Dr Fauci Gone from 'Dr. Science' to 'Dr. Fear'? Will We Change Bloomfield's Name Too?

Victoria Police on trial!

How can we mend the Divide in Victoria?

The Aftermath of the Epic Disaster of Government Covid Policies

The “99 Million Lipstick on a Pig” Study


To depopulate an overcrowded land, using odious means, an almost imperceptible, “sweet” genocide, in which, if we do nothing, do not react, we are all accomplices, by action or omission.

It began with the abandonment of vulnerable and fragile people, the elderly, isolated, dead of dehydration, deprivation of affection, love, and the most basic care on the pretext of… saving them!

This continued by prohibiting early treatments that were safe and effective and by inducing immense fear in people, since they were told to wait to get worse, that while waiting for that, they could do nothing (impotence) except ingest paracetamol, toxic to the only element that could still protect them, glutathione.

I will always remember this elderly doctor, abandoned to his fate, and crying when he came to my house, just because I had listened to him and reassured him.

This has been amplified by launching this global campaign to inject a toxic, ineffective and yet presented as safe and effective product and of which we know today, at least on the basis of the statistics of the countries that want to publish them, that it kills more than it saves.

While everything or almost everything is forbidden in pregnant women, magically, it had become acceptable to “violate” their immune-compromised sacred body, endangering the most vulnerable being, totally dependent on others for its survival, the human fetus.

How many miscarriages, stillbirths, malformations in the world today, in connection with this criminal policy?

This video, the first chapter of a series that has three, based on serious and documented research (sources cited in the video), will enlighten you on the issues and the underside of this tragedy.

Eugenist 2.0 & Transhumanist: their open war against peoples – 1/3 Alain Schollaert – CrowdBunker

Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

It is on the Crowdbunker platform, because on YouTube, immediately published, immediately censored which, indirectly, is a strong indication that it really disturbs liars, as only the truth can do. The following episodes will be published on May 19 and May 26.

Watch, listen and draw your conclusions. It is vital because we want to train you in a world that you, here, do not want, neither for you, nor above all, for your children.

Depopulation: Revolting Cynicism

It is in this case of a cruel, revolting cynicism because those who decide to do so do it in their golden bunker, well sheltered, having proclaimed themselves kings of the world simply because they have looted this world, stolen the riches that belong to all humanity and that strong of their dollars and euros, their relationships, their “powers”, they decide who will die or live.

Related: Former Kissinger CEO Says The World Is Run By 30 Families

They use lies brilliantly and coldly, they exploit the flaws of the democratic system and above all, rely on our weaknesses skilfully excited by all the means at their disposal, drugs, sports, music, television, agitation, sex…

We have become too many for them, walking on their flower beds and they have launched what corresponds to the 2030 agenda. Yes, you read well, it’s for 2030 and we are nearly there!

Psychological manipulation pushed to its climax, fears, invisible or little visible attacks for many years by chemical pollution of air (chemtrails), water, electromagnetic waves (4G, 5G, but also our Wifi, televisions, electrical appliances…), and today, these nanomolecular poisons directly injected into the human body.

As a corollary, it is a question of removing cash and replacing it with all-digital.

To make the human as inert and predictable as a machine without a soul or own mind, much easier to direct and exploit.

This video developed by the Corsican-Belgian researcher Alain Schollaert, on the channel of the very good Akina, the Media Front, also talks about a delicate but oh so vital subject, too!

The manufactured, so-called “controlled” opposition. The false opposition or Trojan horse that participates in a perverse, sometimes unconscious way, in the dissemination of the official narrative and its fulfillment by capturing dissenting wills.

Related: Eugenics: Population "Control", New World Order Style

How to find your way around without paranoia or discouragement?

Here again, these are my deductions, I assume them but make your own opinion.

However, do not delay or make a mistake because this is what your life is at stake, yours and that of your loved ones.

The Decisions You Will Make

The decisions you will make, the actions you take will all depend on the information you have chosen to trust, the whistleblowers you have chosen to follow because yes, there are false ones, more or less aware of what they are doing.

First, beware of the “heroes” made by this tragedy.

Seek humility, discretion, true modesty in those who speak to you.

There are no heroes. No pedestal, no resistance elites, no prestigious characters!

Look for those who can talk about everything, without taboos, both messenger RNA and graphene oxide, programmed genocide and the deadly vaccine industry! Look for those who admit their mistakes, are tolerant, those who do not take others from above, who do not present themselves as experts in turn, which would mean that by their title alone, we should listen to them religiously.

Do you remember the Swiss researcher Astrid Stuckelberger, censored in a congress of “resistants” just because she wanted to address the subject of graphene oxide, as if some could decide their sole authority on what we can talk about or not.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

We are all ordinary citizens immersed in extraordinary circumstances that have revealed what our true nature is made of.

Those who spoke and acted, some of whom were very conformist in normal times, those who resisted, refused to blindly follow the orders only did so because they could not do otherwise, yet very lucid about the terrible risks they ran, dismissal, harassment, imprisonment, poisoning, social or fiscal murder.

It is not out of heroism but out of moral obligation.

It is in these circumstances, at the heart of the action, that we really discover who we are. Not before.

Then, look at who was visible, carried to the clouds even, and who was ostracized, very quickly or gradually.

Look at who is censored especially on YouTube and who is not or less so. Do not draw hasty conclusions but make your spirit of deduction work.

When some have been able to publish books without problems, translated even into several languages, talk about them on radio, you have other serious authors who are never talked about and translated. It’s a sign.

Do you know Didier Raoult, Louis Fouché, Alexandra Henrion-Caude, Jean-Dominique Michel, Xavier Azalbert…?

I’m sure it is. The “tenors“, the “pillars“…

And Melody Feron, Denis Rancourt, Sasha Latypova, Tess Lawrie, Alain Schollaert, Laurence Kayser? Much less, right?

Related: Ten Concerns Regarding Prof Blakely, Head of NZ’s Royal Commission of Inquiry

But Again And it’s Crucial, Make Your Own Opinion

The real whistleblowers are invisible. It makes sense. The lie does not tolerate the truth that destroys it with a single glance.

The real resistance fighters are excluded, even by the so-called resistant or awakened circles, who therefore do what they criticize precisely in the other camp, elitism and selection. The video report by Alain Schollaert, sourced, connecting all the points of this labyrinth of corruption and secret objectives, speaks for itself.

The intention of these forces of evil is terrible.

It is Primum Nocere: above all, harm (as opposed to the oath of any caregiver, primum non nocere, above all not to harm).

These are conspiracies. This is not a theory and those who still tell you this are either individuals of the mental age of a child preferring a false world but they know, or dishonest or even complicit people.

All the evidence of this plot against humanity is there, before our eyes, today. As evidenced by the enormous work of lawyer Reiner Fuellmich now imprisoned.

And it will not be the well-known collectives, which have become well-oiled and admitted machines for some time, nor the so-called resistant press organs that will help you get out of there.

It’s you, us, me, you, him, her.

Related: Read At Your Own Risk: Headlines May Cause Uncontrollable Laughter

We, Together

Everyone defending their soul and spirit in the face of the devastating attack

Starting by freeing yourself from the evil influences that capture you and lock you in a dead end of the labyrinth. They have foreseen an impasse for each of us, since the time they have been working on this diabolical project.

They knew very well that some would not swallow their lies and would have the courage to resist. They left nothing to chance. They tried to plan everything, to propose an alternative solution for each of us.

Whatever the name of this trap for you, I pray that as many people as possible, after reading this article and especially the vision of Eugenist 2.0 & Transhumanist: their open war against the peoples, directed by Alain Schollaert, will see clearly and take back the personal power they have at the bottom of their soul and we will survive all this.

Because they won’t win.

They cannot violate your soul without your consent, which is why they do everything to deceive it, mislead it, weaken it and steer it in the wrong direction.

Be brave, lucid, calm, think and then act, be afraid of nothing and allow the best in you, brighter, good and beautiful, the love force of your blazing heart to radiate and extinguish all this darkness.

Related Articles:

NZDSOS Letter to Speciality Medical Colleges Regarding New Clinical Phenomenon

Inside the Study that Shook the CDC

Dr Matt Shelton on TNT Radio: The Stresses and Politicisation of Medicine in New Zealand

New normal? Post-COVID surge in global illnesses as “immunity debt” takes toll

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Global Power Hierarchy: Three City States Control The World
June 21 2024 | From: FinalWakeupCall

Octogon is the Empire of Darkness: Many may think they are pretty well informed about all of the main players in the Deep State “conspiracy” playing field, regarding the various elements of society that control our world from behind the scenes.

City of London | Vatican City | Washington D.C.

But the organisational structure consisting of eight layers is far more complicated, than often is known. [Archival]

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

The real top of the pyramid is the Luciferian Pharaonic rulers of Octogon established in Switzerland which appears to be the core of the Global octopus of ruling elites with their tentacles reaching into every niche of “our” society. 

These are the Pharaonic Templar Bankers of Switzerland with their 5th Column Masonic minions that forms the ruling Oligarchy around the world. These Ruling Pharaohs, originate from Lucifer’s occult mystery religions, that came out of Babylon and Egypt. They now are identified as the Global Elite or cabal, who see us as their slaves and property, to do with as they please.

Octogon is the name of a highly secretive Nazi organisation, which by the end of WW2 acquired all of its fortune from looted Nazi Gold and goods deposited into Switzerland, in order to use it for future wars and illegal actions.

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command

A well-known German scandal from the 90’s concerned black funds with which the political election campaign of Helmut Kohl and the CDU were financed by using Nazi Gold, laundered in Switzerland and organised by the Octogon secret Nazi organisation under the secret code word ‘Templars of Switzerland’.

At the top of the pyramid hierarchy sit the Swiss Octogon Templars, followed by the 2nd layer consisting of Soros and the Nazis. Actually, the Nazis are an integrated part of the Octogon, and somewhat belong to the top too.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

According to the highly recommended Documentary “The Pharaoh Show” The Crusaders’ last stronghold of the Templars fell on May 18th 1291, and only two and a half months later Switzerland was founded on August 1st 1291. According to the documentary, the Templar’s treasure was hidden in Switzerland, with which the Swiss banks were founded.

The Freemasons came out of the Templars. “The Pharaohs are still here and are ruling the world through secret societies, as the Pharaoh and his army disappeared into the sea”.

In ancient Egypt, the pharaoh was the most powerful person. The pharaoh was the political and religious leader of the Egyptian people, holding the titles: ‘Lord of the Two Lands’ and ‘High Priest of Every Temple’.

As ‘Lord of the Two Lands’ the Pharaoh was the ruler of Upper and Lower Egypt. He owned all of the land, made laws, collected taxes, and defended Egypt against foreigners.

Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

As ‘High Priest of Every Temple’, the Pharaoh represented the gods on Earth. He performed rituals and built temples to honour the gods. Many pharaohs went to war when their land was threatened or when they wanted to control foreign lands. If the pharaoh won the battle, the conquered people had to recognise the Egyptian Pharaoh as their ruler and offer him the finest and most valuable goods from their land.

The sea of peoples refers to the fact that through mixing they are amongst us in all key positions, and Switzerland is their biggest base; and is the home of the Templars. This is why their flag shows a simplified Templar`s flag in exactly the same colours.

Related: The Knights Templar

Preserved by the Knights Templar, the Magi Priesthood of Melchizedek, as part of the Ancient Priesthood of Solomon, directly connects the Order with the oldest civilisations, the ancient Pharaonic Egyptian Priesthood, the Priesthoods of the Biblical King Melchizedek and King Solomon, as well as the Essenes who recorded the Dead Sea Scrolls, including the Lost Gospels and the Book of Enoch.

The Magi Priesthood of Melchizedek within the Ancient Priesthood of Solomon is compatible with the practices of Reformed Catholicism. This more ancient part of the Solomon Priesthood is rooted in the Egyptian Djedet Priesthood as the earliest foundations of Christianity, as practiced by the 12th century Templars within Roman Catholicism.

It includes elements which later became 15th century Rosicrucians as Gnostic Protestantism, and 16th century Hermetic Theosophy as part of Liberal Catholicism.

Related: The Knights Templar And The Pharaohs

This lineage of priestly succession also connects the Templar Priesthood with some of the most important leadersof civilisation in human history, including King Khufu – the architect of the Great Pyramid of Egypt, Amenhotep III – father of Queen Nefertiti and grandfather of King Tutankhamen, Sheshonq I – who returned the Ark of the Covenant from the Temple of Solomon to Egypt and Cleopatra – the High Priestess of Isis.

The Pharaohs morphed into the nobility, aristocracy and freemasonry. Out of the Freemasonry came the new world order.

All politicians are mixed descendants of the nobility and all are mixed descendants of their former knighthood called Octogon of the Templars; This is the pharaonic bloodline that rules the entire world, to which we the people are the slaves.

The Swiss Federal Institute (SFI) in Zurich released a study entitled “The Network of Global Corporate Control” that proves a small consortium of corporations – mainly banks – run the world.

A mere 147 corporations which form a “super entity” have control over 40% of the world’s wealth; which is the real economy.

These mega-corporations are at the centre of the global economy. The banks found to be most influential include:

Barclays plc.

Capital Group Companies Inc.

FMR Corporation


State Street Corporation

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Legal & General Group plc.

Vanguard Group Inc.


Merrill Lynch & Co

These top ten transnational companies that hold the most control over the global economy – and if you are one of the millions that are convinced Big Banks run the world, you should get a creeping sense of justification from this list:

Some of the other usual suspects round out the top 25, including JP Morgan, Credit Suisse, and Goldman Sachs. What you won’t find on the list are ExxonMobil, Microsoft, or General Electric, which is strange. In fact, only China Petrochemical Group Company at number 50 is the first company on the list that creates something.

Related: International Ownership of New Zealand's Banks

The top 49 corporations are financial institutions, banks, and insurance companies [ see aboce link] - with the exception of Wal-Mart, which ranks at number 15. The rest essentially just pushes money around to one another. This is the interconnectedness of the top players in this international scheme:

"However, as the connections to the controlling groups are networked throughout the world, they become the catalyst for the global financial collapse."

James Glattfelder, complex systems theorist at the SFI explains:

"In effect, less than one per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network,"

The 3rd layer is the Palantir the most powerful structure for spying ever devised. Palantir has long sought to sell governments an unmatched power to sift and exploit information of any kind. Peter Thiel presents a perfect nexus of government clout with the kind of corporate swagger Trump loves.

The Intercept can now reveal that Palantir has worked for years to boost the global dragnet of the NSA and its international partners, and was in fact co-created with American spies.

The 4th layer is formed by the Black Jesuit Pope Adolfo Nicolas Pachón, who is the Superior General of the Society of Jesus Diabolical Plan for a New World Order, of the Roman Empire.

He controls the 5th layer with the secret societies who in turn control the CIA and via the JTTF – The Joint Terrorism Task Force – the FBI and US Intel agencies that run the drug trafficking, the depicted uranium weapons shipments, the illegal white phosphorus weapons, the organ harvesting, the paedophilia rings, the car theft rings, the illegal use of the diplomatic containers, etc. Human sacrifices and trafficking.

Related: The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

The secret societies are puppets of the Black Pope, while the Black Pope is puppet of the CIA. The Clinton Foundation serves the CIA and its agenda is served by the US-Congress. The department of Defence is sucked and drained by the CIA and has its spies in Congress. On the other side, the CIA is the puppet of the Swiss Octogon Templars. They hide their money in Bitcoin, which was created by Alice at the CERN LHC laboratories in Geneva. Bitcoin is run by AI.

The Black Pope’s foot soldiers are Jacob and Evelyn Rothschild, who are completely subordinate to the Jesuit run Roman empire, that also conducted the assassinations, among many others, of John F. Kennedy executed by the CIA and they now have their sight set on murdering Trump.

The Black Pope also collaborates with the Secret Societies and the CIA together with the FBI and all US-intel agencies. – Q Anon reveals the Vatican Rothschild Reptilian Connection behind the Deep State.

Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

Comment: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

The 6th layer consists of the Khazarian Mafia who are fake Jews. The Vatican – Pope Francis – and Queen Elizabeth II with among others the Dutch and Spanish Royalties, are in charge. They form the three-part rule of the Secret Government, and are puppets of the Vatican.

Three City-States Control the World

The 7th layer is the Roman Empire – with its three-principal city states in the Vatican, the City of London and Washington DC. These are the puppets of the six-higher layers in the hierarchy.

Related: Holy Smoke And Mirrors - The Vatican Conspiracy

The Vatican is the power structure that wants to merge all religions into one, the City of London the financial branch, and Washington DC controls the military.

These are three sovereign, corporate- ‘city states’ that control the whole world and are not part of the country they are located in. They have their own laws, no taxes, and their own identities as indicated by their respective flags.

Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

The 8th layer is formed by the banking cartel and is controlled by the Knights of Malta, a military order whose members, are the top of the Western elite, and must obey the given orders. The member list includes enough senior U.S. military officers and agency officials to control the military-industrial complex (MIC). Initial members include George Bush Sr. and Jr., Jeb Bush, Prescott Bush, Henry Kissinger, David Rockefeller, Queen Elizabeth, Queen Beatrix of the Netherlands, King Juan Carlos of Spain, the late Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands, Joe Biden, Tony Blair, Pat Buchanan, James Buckley, William F. Buckley, Jr., Frank Capra, William Casey, Bill Clinton, William Colby, Cardinal Terence Cooke, Kenneth Copeland, Senator John Danforth, Roy E. Disney, Allen Dulles, Archbishop Edward Egan, Rudy Giuliani, Dr Lawrence Gonzi, Sir John Gorman CVO, Thomas K. Gorman, J. Peter Grace, Alan Greenspan, William Randolph Hearst, Baron Conrad Hilton, J. Edgar Hoover, Daniel Imperato, Lee Iacocca, Alex Jones, Francis L. Kellogg, Joseph Kennedy, Senator Ted Kennedy, the late Nelson Mandela, Rupert Murdoch, Oliver North, Thomas ‘Tip’ O’Neill, Dr Ron Paul, President Ronald E. Reagan, William Westmoreland, Nelson Rockefeller, David Rockefeller, Amschel Mayer von Rothschild, Rick Santorum, Antonin Scalia, Joseph Edward Schmitz (Blackwater), televangelist-pastor Robert Schuller, Frank Sinatra, Cardinal Francis Spellman, Ted Turner, Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Gen. William Westmoreland. Robert, President of the World Bank Robert Zoellick.

Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

The Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Warburgs, and Schiffs are a part of the main actors of in total 13-Archon bloodline families. They own the private U.S. Federal Reserve and almost all other Central Banks in the World, in which The Bank of England and the German Deutsche Bank serve the Octogon Bank of International Settlement – BIS in Basel Switzerland.

The Bilderberg group, the Counsel of Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, form an integral part of the banking cartel which is completely a Scam.

The Bilderberg group and the CFR are charged with the implementation of the agenda for the NWO, with the command over population control, vaccinations, Chemtrail spraying, food, water and air poisoning, and the drug cartels.

All together these comprise the global swamp that is still even now rapidly being drained by the TRUMP – team. With the help of every patriot who has awakened.

Be aware, all countries that are incorporated by the cabal are bankrupted by the banking cartel, that constitutes the thirteen archon bloodline families.

Their wealth and that of all banking families is seized by the militia of the people of planet Earth, under the order of the 188 members of the board of governors of the World Bank, under the Global Overseer mandate trustee of the Global Debt Facility assigned by all leaders to lead the new global freedom movement, guided along by The Power Transition Rule.

Related: The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

The Swamp Is Being Drained

The swamp’s satanic possession is the result of a very well organised long-term conspiracy to establish the New World Order, based on the Luciferian revolution against God and Nature.

The rich and powerful, more precisely the banksters, are using their power to oppress the weak, and are essentially destroying the economy.

The curtain is now being pulled back to fully expose the Khazarian Mafia and its evil plan to infiltrate and tyrannise the whole World and eradicate all Abrahamic Religions and allow only for their Babylonian Talmudism, also known as Luciferianism, Satanism or ancient Baal worship.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: 10 Biggest Corporations Make More Money Than Most Of World Combined

From the hidden history of the incredibly evil Khazarian Mafia we learn:

"The masses of people have more to fear from combinations of the wealthy and professional classes - from an aristocracy which through the influence of riches and talents, insidiously employed, have sometimes succeeded in preventing political institutions, however well-adjusted, from securing the freedom of the citizens.”

“The Bank has by degrees obtained almost entire dominion over the circulating medium, and with it, the power to increase or diminish the price of property and to levy taxes on the people in the form of premiums and interest to an amount only limited by the quantity of paper currency it is enabled to issue.”

Privately-Owned Central Bank has Been Vigorously Opposed

President Andrew Jackson, 7th president of the USA from 1829 – 1837 was probably the most intrepid man of his era to vigorously oppose a privately-owned central bank, because he foresaw that eventually the usurers would end up cheating the common people.

He also knew that fractional reserve banking was a sophisticated way of cheating that always ends up killing the economy. Jackson wanted to restore the economy. Yet some of his detractors, both past and present, have tried to dismiss him as ignorant, saying he knew little about economics. Nothing could be further from the truth.

They were not against all banking systems but against usurious bankers, who Jackson called “hydra-headed” monsters “eating the flesh of the common man.

Related: Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

The Illuminati use paedophilia to blackmail and control their puppet members, the revelation of which has rendered the masses in denial. In the meanwhile, corruption and sexual abuse abound and no one mentions the involvement of the Jesuits and the Freemasonry.

The legal system and police are comprised, and fully complicit in subversion of civilisation. The masses suffer from the Stockholm syndrome, and hope the psychopaths won’t harm them if they keep their heads down and play along.

Fully invested in their enslavement, people are too corruptible, cowardly or dumb to face reality, as the slaves are taught daily to love their slavery!

The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (RKM)

The source of the evil that drives the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (RKM) is taken from the Babylonian Talmud. It is based on religious delusions of racial superiority.

The RKM has a well-developed spy network through which they obtained prior warning and were able to escape from Khazaria to all European nations specifically Germany, taking their vast fortunes with them. In secret, they continued their Satanic child blood and sacrifice rituals, and trusted Baal to deliver to them the whole world and all its riches, as they believed it was promised to them, as long as they kept sacrificing children and infants to Baal.

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The Rothschilds designed a private fiat banking system that specialised in making counterfeit money from nothing, charging insidious usury to governments while this should have been the people’s own money, free from interest charges. 

The fake money idea came from the black art of Babylonian money-magic, claiming to insiders that such technology and secret money power was given to them by Baal, because of their frequent child-bleeding sacrifices and rituals to Baal.

Once they infiltrated and hijacked the banking system, they interbred with the Royals and infiltrated and completely hijacked all of England and all its major institutions. Some experts believe that the Rothschilds genocided the Royal Family members by staging secretly-managed illicit and adulterous breeding with their own Khazarian men in order to replace the Royals with their own pretenders to the throne.

Related: The Conspiracy To Rule The World - An Interactive History

The Necessity of The Great Awakening

The masses are still in large part in denial. The ruling class is fully complicit in the subversion of civilisation. People, adapted to their enslavement are too venal, craven and dumb to face reality. Many have neither an idea nor perception of the restraint that is eventually going to be put on them.

They would rather ignore the obvious and go into denial of a truth that has already become reality and they prefer reassuring each other that ‘they would never take people’s freedoms away and make us serfs of the elite’.

Humanity has on a large scale given away its mind and its responsibility – consider the broader consequences of this behaviour for human existence. When we give away our mind and responsibility, we also give away our freedom and in essence, our lives.

Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

If we don’t awaken en masse, we will soon be totally degraded until humanity is completely lost. Then our culling under some false pretext will seem like Divine Retribution. And that is how Satan works.

The satanic possession is the product of a highly organised long-term conspiracy to establish the New World Order, based on the Luciferian revolution against God and Nature.

Luciferians detest all of Creation and Life itself, while they embrace Destruction and Death. It is a Death Cult.

must now arrive in full force as it is our plight to save humanity for our future generations.

Related Articles:

The Mystery Of Rennes-le-Chateau

The Treaty Of 1213 - The Beginning Of The Lie

The Committee of 300

Former Presidents Warn About The “Invisible Government” Running The United States

All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

Khazarian Crime Syndicate: The Rotten Society We Live In

The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Donald Trump’s Media Summit Was A "Fucking Firing Squad" + Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies
June 20 2024 | From: StillnessInTheStorm / Various

In the modern world, we are surrounded by countless logos, symbols, and graphs that make up our everyday life.

No matter where we look, willingly or unwillingly, we find ourselves immersed in a deep layer of information that is in turn filled with secret symbols and eerie meanings.

Related: Secret Societies Are No Longer A Secret

And while ancient societies such as the Illuminati, Masons, etc date back to more ancient times, in the century of communications, icons and logos that we see every day on our screens seem to be paying a subtle tribute to a few of such secret society.

Related: Freemasonry: Mankind’s Death Wish

You can’t help but see the similarity.

It takes a while to notice the mystery hidden in symbols we see every day, but once you spot it, it becomes obvious that we live in a world of secrecy and mystery.

Symbols, Freemasonry, Illuminati and Secret Societies

One of the fundamental characteristics of Freemasonry is the use of the symbols as a channel of communication.

Beyond its immediate and obvious meaning, simple images become symbols carrying a connection between man and the principle they represent and from which they originate.

Similarly, companies that dominate the market resort to a similar philosophy when designing their logos or icons.

Next, we will take a look at some images associated with three of the most dominant companies in the technological world and its equivalent or possible masonic reference.

And because there’s nothing without Facebook…

Related: The Language Of Symbolism: How To Recognize These Three Symbols Hidden In Plain Sight

Facebook is without a doubt one of the most famous social networks in the world, if not the most famous of them all.

Lately, it has also become the most controversial due to its privacy policies, and the leaking of personal information to third parties for commercial and political purposes.

Facebook’s logo is a letter “f” placed inside a blue square.

One could well say that it is not a very thoughtful logo and it is rather simplistic or minimalist. I must admit however that minimalism is sometimes the best way to go.

The Facebook logo and the Masonic Two Ball Cane, aka Tubal Cain - both with the "f" and the little hand...

Related: Facebook President Revealed Something About Zuckerberg's Dark Intentions You Should Know & Facebook Denies Former VP Claims It’s Destroying ‘Fabric Of Society’

See what we did there?

However, the position of the letter, off-center, and the fact that it was written in minuscule may have a meaning that not many are aware of.

The mysterious Facebook logo and the company itself may be paying tribute to a mason symbol within the lodges: the Two Ball Cane, aka Tubal Cain.

Notice the wicked similarity? Scary right?

But Facebook isn’t the only symbols embedded in secrecy as on a daily basis, we come across many more such symbols.

Let’s take a peek at Gmail, the famous mail platform.

Google’s email service is probably the most used in the world.

At first glance, it looks like a sealed envelope, but on a more meticulous inspection, we can see that the red lines (and the color used in the logo is not by chance) that cross and go through the folds form an “M”…

Obviously, M stands for Mail, what’s the mystery there?

Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

What a coincidence, right?

Gmail’s logo has a stunning similarity with the classic masonic apron, a piece of cloth that is fastened to the body at waist height by means of a rope or ribbon.

The Masonic Apron is steeped in spiritual and mystical meanings.

If we take a look at Genesis 3:7 we read that Adam and Even made aprons of fig leaves to hide that which they were most ashamed of, the genital area of the body.

Related: The God Of Freemasonry Exposed

7 Then the eyes of both of them were opened, and they realized they were naked; so they sewed fig leaves together and made coverings for themselves.

The earliest representations of the Freemason’s Apron are seen on the engraved portrait of Antony Sayer, the first G.M. of the modern Craft. (1717), and on the frontispiece illustration of Anderson’s first Book of Constitutions (1723).

But Facebook and Gmail aren’t the only ones out there embedded in occultism and secrecy, as there are many other symbols.

Let’s take a look at Android App market or Google Play Store.

Related: The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati

That’s strange.

The Google Play’s Store icon is an arrow pointing to the right and many would agree that there’s nothing strange to see here right?

We just see the well-known playback button (Play). However, take a look more closely and you will notice a curious pattern embedded within the symbol itself.

Related: The Esoteric Meaning Of 'As Above, So Below'

The problem with comparing such symbols is that we need to have something to compare them to, and most people are unaware of the numerous ancient symbols that exist around the globe.

If we compare the Google Play Store logo with the above image we see an undeniable similarity.

In the below Giph image, we see on the left side the Google Play icon, and on the right side the Sigil of Lucifer, also known as the “Seal of Satan,” a symbol used mostly by Satanists.

The Order Of The Illuminati: Its Origins, Its Methods And Its Influence On World Events

The image dates from the sixteenth century, according to the Grimorium Verum, an 18th-century grimoire attributed to one “Alibeck the Egyptian” of Memphis, who purportedly wrote in 1517.

Like many grimoires, it claims a tradition originating with King Solomon. that explains how pacts with spirits are carried out, it also details the great diversity of magic formulas and the role played by stamps.

And despite the fact that we looked at two symbols belonging to Google, which may be connected to more occult meanings, there is another third symbol which we explore.

One of the most famous internet browsers on Earth is without a doubt Chrome, made by Google. As I am writing this, I am using Chrome.

Related: The Fall And Rise Of Truth, Trust And Society’s Capacity For Wisdom

According to dat from 2016, Google Chrome is being used by around 2 Billion people.

And while there are many who would disagree with the following similarity, we decided to mention it nonetheless.

This comparison could also be a “999”. Check out more about 999 here.

Although if we consider the above logos and their curious meaning, it becomes easier to make a connection between chrome, and the numbers 666.

The numbers 666 is also referred to as the number of the beast. The Number of the Beast is a term in the Book of Revelation, of the New Testament, that is associated with the Beast of Revelation in chapter 13.

Related Articles:

Have You Been Seeing 11:11 Everywhere? What Is The Significance Of 11:11?

The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

African Bishops Blast Freemasonry, Sorcery In New Pastoral Letter

New Zealand False Flag By Zionist Israel With Police & Freemason Complicity

The Occult Symbolism Of The Vatican’s 2020 Nativity Scene

The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine

Secret Societies Revisited

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

Secret Societies and the Illuminati

The Auckland War Memorial Museum: An Expedition Into Esoteric Symbolism

The Jesuits & The Vatican

The Knights Templar

The Rosicrucians

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals
June 19 2024 | From: NoMoreFakeNews / Various

In several recent articles (all here under category: socialism), I’ve exposed the myth that socialism is a revolution of and for the people.

I’ve presented evidence that socialism is actually a movement owned, operated, and funded by ultra-wealthy elites.

Related: Thomas Sowell: Social Justice Is a Blank Check for Government Power

Dupes, foot soldiers, blind idealists, indoctrinated students, and low-level thugs are recruited through cutouts to serve the agenda of Rockefeller Globalists, for example, who are determined to bring about worldwide socialism.

Socialism, in a nutshell, equals ultra-rich elites (represented by the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg, etc.) owning the free market, cutting out competition, and creating more powerful, overarching, central governments.

Hidden in the plan is the granting of greater dominion to mega-corporations. This is a key fact.

The US Constitution was a document that established extremely limited central government. Regardless of the motives of the authors and the state legislatures that ratified it, the ideas contained in the Constitution were, and are, extremely oppressive toward large centralized structures controlling the people.

But there was another factor present at the beginning of the American Republic.

Related: Council on Foreign Relations Tells Gov’t They “Have To” Use Propaganda on Americans

At the dawn of the United States, corporations were chartered and thus allowed to operate by the individual states. If a corporation, in the eyes of a state legislature, violated a basic trust by harming the people, committing offenses against the citizenry, the legislature could summarily cancel their charter and literally exile them from the state.

This power followed, in part, from the fact that corporations were not and are not individuals. They do not have the rights and freedoms of individuals. Corporations were not granted the rights of citizens in the Constitution.

Richard Grossman, an activist and scholar of US corporate history, unearthed and made lucid these facts.

At the birth of the American Republic, therefore, there was a double limitation on power. Central government and corporations were both strapped and shackled.

Of course, just as the federal government has been allowed to expand like an unchecked fungus, so has corporate power.

Under socialism (aka Globalism), mega-corporate power is the prow of a ship that sails on and on and conquers the economies of the world.

Related: Exposed: All the Queen’s Agents and Corporations that Control the World

Corporate crimes go unpunished. Contrary to popular belief, the real agenda of socialism has nothing to do with prosecuting those crimes.

The idea, for example, that greater socialism in America would defeat Monsanto is ludicrous in the extreme.

Monsanto is one of the components of actual socialism - the real, not the fake, version. Again, socialism is by, for, and of the ultra-wealthy elites. It is not a movement on behalf of the downtrodden.

As Gary Allen puts it in his 1971 classic, None Dare call It Conspiracy: “…pressure from above and pressure from below…

The pressure from above comes from secret, ostensibly respectable Comrades in the government and [elite Globalist] Establishment, forming, with the radicalized mobs in the streets below, a giant pincer around middle-class society.

The street rioters are pawns, shills, puppets, and dupes for an oligarchy of elitist conspirators working above to turn America’s limited government into an unlimited government with total control over our lives and property.”

Related: The Darkening Clouds Of Totalitarianism

“The American middle class is being squeezed to death by a vise. In the streets we have avowed revolutionary groups… Virtually all members of these groups sincerely believe that they are fighting the Establishment.

In reality they are an indispensable ally of the Establishment in fastening Socialism on all of us.

The naive radicals think that under Socialism the ‘people’ will run everything. Actually, it will be a clique of Insiders in total control, consolidating and controlling all wealth.

That is why these schoolboy Lenins and teenage Trotskys are allowed to roam free and are practically never arrested or prosecuted. They are protected. If the Establishment wanted the revolutionaries stopped, how long do you think they would be tolerated?” Gary Allen wrote that passage in 1971. Does it ring a familiar bell now?

As philosopher George Santayana famously wrote in 1905, “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”

Equally famous is the prescription for all advertising: repeat the same message over and over, so it sinks into the mind and forms a false impression of truth.

Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

Thus it has been with the basic message of socialism. “This is a form of government that finally serves the people. It is the people rising up to take the reins of power.” Once that notion is rigidly fixed in consciousness, it is impossible to believe socialism is actually emanating from the elite of the elite.

Fortunately, more and more people are waking up to the basic con of fake news, which doesn’t only broadcast distorted current events spooling out through screens, day by day.

Basic themes of fake news also span decades and even centuries.

What will happen when enough young people, who want to tear down the structures of the monopolists, realize those same men are bankrolling them in the streets?

What will happen when these young people realize their teachers and mentors and handlers and professors have been feeding them the precise reverse of the truth?

As long as independent media continue to proliferate, that day is coming.

Related Articles:

A Slippery Slide To Totalitarianism

The 1963 List “Current Communist Goals” Is Becoming A Reality Right Before Our Eyes

Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

In Socialist Theocracy, Getting ‘Woke’ Brings Absolution

Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning

Tyranny And Free Speech

If The Prime Minister Doesn't Understand Her 'Hate Speech' Law, How Are Kiwis Supposed To? + The New Zealand Constitution And Political Duplicity - Shush Be Quiet!

Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement
June 18 2024 | From: OmniThought / Various

Words are not just elements of speech or writing, because they can be used to strengthen the effects of magic, which is the art of directing and controlling energy.

When spoken out loud, words transform into frequencies and vibrations that can be used to direct energy. This is one of the first steps to creating magic effects.

Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

Most people will laugh at the idea of magic being real, but if only they knew what magic really is and how magic is being used to control them, they would not be laughing.

The world is dominated by magic. Until you train your eyes to see how magic is used to control you, you will never know how the world really works.

Related: The Power Of Words And Why Words Can Manifest Life

The Controllers who pull the strings of politicians are well aware of how magic works. Many of them actually practice the art of magic, which is why they are sometimes referred to as the Dark Magicians.

Unfortunately, they like to use magic for power and evil purposes, instead of using it to change the world into a better place.

What is the Definition of Magic?

The word magic comes from Old French magique, Latin magicus, and Greek magikos. One of the earliest definitions of magic is the “art of influencing events and producing marvels using hidden natural forces.”

In simpler term, it is the art of using natural forces to direct and control energy to produce a desired effect.

Magic has a strong relationship with magnetic and electrical energy. Did you notice that the word “magnetic” has the word “magic” in it? Take out “net” in “mag-net-ic” and you are left with the word “magic.”

Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

The most powerful thing in the Universe is energy. If you learn how to control and direct this energy, you will become one of the most powerful people on Earth

Why do you think the Controllers (the Dark Magicians) are so obsessed with magic and energy?

The art of magic is often practiced along with certain words and sacred geometries. The types of words that are used in magic rituals are the words that produce powerful sound tones when spoken out loud.

These sound tones have powerful vibrational patterns, which are used to direct energy and harness its power.

Related: Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’

Sound is able to direct energy because it contains certain frequency patterns that attract energy to flow in a controllable manner. Furthermore, sound is one of the natural forces used by Nature to create crystalline structures and sacred geometries, which are some of the building blocks of matter.

For strong evidence that sound can direct energy, watch the video below.

Cymatics: Sacred Geometry Formed by Sound

The Power of Words

Once you know how words along with sound can be used to direct energy to produce magic effects, you will know that words can be as powerful or even more powerful than swords. When you move the letter “s” in “words” to the front, you get “sword.” This is not an accident.

Related: Undoing The Dis-Education Of Millennials

Nearly all words in the English language are carefully designed and put together in a way that produces magic effects, so that the creators (the Dark Magicians) of these words can trick you into playing their “con game.” Is this hard for you to believe? Read further and I will show you the evidence.

How Words are Used to Enslave You

When you go to court for a trial, you are not really going to court but are going to a “game arena” where they are planning to con you using “legal words” and trickery.

Where do you go when you want to play basketball or tennis? You go to a basketball “court” or tennis “court.” Therefore, a “court” is where people go to when they want to play a game. Did you think they named the place where you go to trial a “court-room” by accident?

Once the trial begins, the judge will try to trick you to play the role of the trustee, which is the role of the slave. Why? Because the judge wants you to lose since you are in a game arena and he wants to make money for his master, the Crown Temple. This is why nearly 97 percent of the time people lose against the court and the Crown Temple.

Strawman - The Nature of the Cage is a cutting edge documentary like no other. It highlights the truth around debt, the Legal Fiction, Lawful and Legal, Debt Collectors, Bailiffs, and modern day Policing.

The judge tricks you to agree to be the trustee by asking you if you are the legal name, which is the name in all capital letters. This legal name is found on your driver’s license, social security card, birth certificate, etc.

For example, if your name is JOHN DOE and you answer yes to being JOHN DOE, then you agree to be a legal person, which is a corporation. This puts you under the jurisdiction of the court.

What you should have done instead is tell the judge which role (beneficiary, administrator, or trustee) you are playing in the “game arena” (court-room). If you do not do this, the judge presumes that you are the trustee (slave), so he can make money for his master (Crown Temple). Once the roles are set, it is pretty much game over for you.

Related: What is the "Crown"?

Now, if you would have told the judge that you are the beneficiary or administrator of the legal person, then it would have been a whole different ball game. Like any game, you better know the rules before you agree to play.

Otherwise you have very little chance of winning. Court “games” are serious games because real people do go to jail.

If you are too scared to play the game in court by yourself and want to hire an attorney to represent you, do not have too much hope because most attorneys and judges are a bunch of TRAITORS. However, I will have to be fair and say that there are a few judges and attorneys out there who are not traitors.

Attorneys are not really there to help you, because they are officers of the court. Their allegiance is to the court and their job is to create revenue for the court. Attorneys are actually foreign agents because they are agents of the Crown Temple, the secret society that controls the Crown of England. Guess who controls the Crown Temple? The Vatican!

Related: The Staggering, Eye-Opening History Of Britain’s Monarchy And Its Colonies & Why 'The Crown' Is Being Dismantled

All licensed BAR attorneys in the United States owe their allegiance and give their solemn oath in pledge to the Crown Temple. This is a requirement to be a member of the BAR association.

When American attorneys become a member of the BAR association, whether they realize it or not, they are pretty much spitting on the graves of the patriotic Americans who died fighting the British empire during the American War for Independence.

Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

In my opinion, these BAR attorneys are TRAITORS and COWARDS and a bunch of SELLOUTS.

If you are confused about all this legal stuff, watch the video below and light bulbs should start flashing on like crazy in your head.

Freeman in Court – Judge Bows to Sovereign


The video above took place in Canada but it is still relevant to the courts in the United States, Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom.

This is because the courts in these countries are operating under Admiralty Law and Maritime Law, not Constitutional Law. This is why judges do not want to hear your arguments about constitutional rights in court.

Are light bulbs flashing on like crazy in your head now? If not, you still have a lot to learn because you do not even realize that you have been slaved.

Maybe this quote from the movie The Matrix can wake you up.

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Morpheus: The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us, even now in this very room. You can see it when you look out your window or when you turn on your television. You can feel it when you go to work, when you go to church, when you pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth.

Neo: What truth?

Morpheus: That you are a slave, Neo. Like everyone else, you were born into bondage, born into a prison that you cannot smell, or taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.

The Matrix is NOT “just” a movie. It was an experiment done by the Dark Magicians to see how the people would react to a movie that was telling them the truth in a metaphorical kind of way. The Dark Magicians like to tell you what they are doing to you or are planning to do to you in movies and TV shows. You want evidence of this? Read this shocking article.

The Binding Power of Words and Contracts

Another word that they like to use to trick you into playing their con game is “contract.” When you separate “contract” in half, you get “con-tract.” As a verb, the word “con” is defined as “to swindle or trick.”

As a noun, the word “tract” is defined as “a brief treatise or pamphlet for general distribution.” Based on the two definitions, when you put “con” and “tract” together, you get a “deceptive treatise” or a “treatise full of trickery.”

Related: The Court That Rules The World

When you sign a contract with a corporation or the government, you are agreeing to a fraudulent and deceptive treatise. In other words, you are being conned. The good news is that pretty much all contracts you made with corporations and government agencies are fraudulent since they do not come with full disclosure.

How to Decipher Words to Find Their Deeper Meanings and Intent